English For Business

Collins
English for Business
Pre-Intermediate
BUSINESS G
& PRACTICE
Nick Brieger & Simon Sweeney
^ ,cG%
CEF(eve(-^
^ IV 0 R ^ V
= P O W E R E D BY C O B U I L D
Contents
Introduction v
G ram m atical Terms vi
G ram m ar
Language Form
Unit 1 Be (1) am /is/are 2
U nit 2 Be (2) was/were/have been 4
Verbs - Main Tenses

Unit 3 The Present C ontinuous Positive I am working. 6
Unit 4 The Present C ontinuous Negative I am not working. 8
Unit 5 The Present Continuous Question Are you working? 10
Unit 6 The Present Sim ple Positive I work. 12
Unit 7 The Present Sim ple Negative I don’t work. 14
Unit 8 The Present Sim ple Question Do you work? 16
Unit 9 The Present Continuous vs. The Present Sim ple I am w orking/l work. 18
Unit 10 Positive and Negative Im peratives Work. Don’t work. 20
Unit 11 The Past Sim ple Positive I worked. 22
Unit 12 The Past Sim ple Negative I didn't work. 24-
Unit 13 The Past Sim ple Question Did you work? 26
Unit 14 The Past C ontinuous I was working. 28
Unit 15 The Present Perfect S im ple I have worked. 30
Unit 16 The Present Perfect Continuous I have been working. 32
Unit 17 The Present Perfect w ith For, Since, Ever and Never I have worked for/since ... 34
Unit 18 The Past Sim ple vs. The Present Perfect Sim ple I worked/l haveworked. 36
Unit 19 The Past Perfect I had worked. 38
Unit 20 The Present Tenses and The Past Tenses I work, I am working, I worked, I have worked. 40
Unit 21 The Future w ith W ill and S hall I w ill/sh a ll work. 42
Unit 22 The Future w ith Going To vs. Present C ontinuous I am going to w o rk/l am working. 44
Unit 23 The Future w ith W ill vs. Going To vs. Present Continuous
I w ill w o rk/l am going to w o rk/l am working. 46
Unit 24 C onditional I If I work, I w il l... 48
Unit 25 C onditional II If I worked, I w o u ld ... 50
Unit 26 Tense Review 1 52
Unit 27 Tense Review 2 54
Verbs - Other Forms

Unit 28 Infinitive + To to make 56
Unit 29 Verb ...ing m aking 58
Unit 30 Infinitive + To o r Verb ...ing to make o r m aking 60
Verbs - Auxiliaries and Modals

Unit 31 Do 62
Unit 32 W ill and Would w ill/w o uld work 64
Unit 33 May and M ight m ay/m ight work 66
Unit 34 Can and Could can/could work 68
Unit 35 Must, Have To and Have Got To must/have to/have got to work 70
Unit 36 M u stn ’t, N eedn't, Don’t Have To and Haven’t Got To m u s tn ’t/needn’t work 72
Unit 37 Should and Ought To should/ought to work 74
Unit 38 Question Tags 76
Verbs - Voice
Unit 39 Active I make. 78
Unit 40 Passive It is made. 80
Unit 41 Active vs. Passive I m ake/lt is made. 82
Verbs - Other
Unit 42 It Is/They Are vs. There Is/There Are 84
Unit 43 Have and Have Got 86
Unit 44 Get and Have Got 88
U nit 45 Say vs. Tell 90
Unit 46 Make vs. Do 92
U nit 47 Used To 94
Unit 48 Rise vs. Raise 96
Unit 49 Verb + Preposition 98
Unit 50 Verb + Adverb (P hrasal Verb) 100
Sentence and Clause Types

Unit 51 Positive S tatem ents I work for ITCorp. 102
Unit 52 Negative S tatem ents I don't work for ITCorp. 104
Unit 53 Questions: Yes/No Do you work? 106
Unit 54- Questions: W h - Where do you work? 108
Unit 55 Questions: How How long have you worked? 110
Unit 56 C om m ands - Positive and Negative Make it/D on't make it. 112
Unit 57 Sentence Types: Sim ple vs. Complex I work for ITCorp and I live near the factory 114
Unit 58 Subordinate Clauses If I work, I w it l... 116
Unit 59 Relative Clauses w ith Who and W hich I work fo ra boss who ... 118
Unit 60 Clauses of Cause or Reason w ith Because I work because ... 120
Nouns
Unit 61 S in gu la r and P lu ra l Nouns machine, machines 122
Unit 62 Countable and Uncountable Nouns machine, m achinery 124
Unit 63 Noun Com pounds company personnel 126
Unit 64 Genitive Form s the company's, o f the company 128
Adjectives and Adverbs

Unit 65 Adjectives vs. Adverbs quick/quickty 130
Unit 66 Com parison of Adjectives quick, quicker, quickest 132
Unit 67 Adverbs quickly 134
Unit 68 Expressions of Frequency always, never, etc. 136
Unit 69 Degree w ith Very, Too and Enough very/too quick 138
Unit 70 A lready Yet, Again and S till I have already done it. 140
Determ iners
Unit 71 A rticle s the company, a company 142
Unit 72 Personal Pronouns I, me, you, he, him, etc. 144
Unit 73 Possessive and Reflexive Pronouns m y/your/his/our company 146
Unit 74 D em onstratives this/that company 148
Unit 75 Some and Any some/any products 150
Unit 76 Some, Any and Related Words someone, somewhere, etc. 152
Unit 77 Q uantifiers (1) all/several/a lot o f products 154
Unit 78 Q uantifiers (2) many/[aj few details, m uch/lal little inform ation 156
Unit 79 Q uantifiers (3) each/every company 158
Unit 80 N u m e ra ls 160
Prepositions
Unit 81 Tim e in at on 162
Unit 82 Place (1) at, to, from, in, into, out of, on 164
Unit 83 Place (2) above, below, etc. 166
Unit 84 Like, As, The Same As and D ifferent From 168
Business Files
1 Industries and Jobs 170
2 C ountries and C urrencies 171
3 Business A bbreviations and Short Form s 172
4 B ritish English vs. A m erican English 173
5 N um bers, Dates and Tim es 174
6 Irre g u la r Verb Table 175
Answer Key 176

Index 201
Introduction
Targets and objectives
Business Grammar & Practice: Pre-Intermediate is for pre-interm ediate to intermediate speakers
of English who need to m aster the type of English used in professional situations. Whether you are
studying to enter the workplace or already using English at work, accurate use of English grammar
w ill make you a more effective communicator. If you feel you already know the core gram m ar for
business English, the Intermediate book in this series w ill take you through more complex grammar.
To ensure that the language you learn is relevant for the workplace, the book uses example
sentences from the Collins corpus. This is a constantly updated database of English language
from a range of print and spoken sources. You can therefore be sure that any example used is an
authentic use of English in a business context.
Business Grammar & Practice: Pre-Intermediate can be used together with any business English
course book to provide more detailed explanations and supplementary exercises in the gram m ar of
business English. It is suitable fo r both classroom and self-study use.
Organisation of material
There are 84- units and 6 Business Files.
Each unit consists of:
1. Language presentation through:
• sample sentences to show the language form s in use;
• an explanation of the language forms;
• a description of the uses of these forms.
2. Practice through:
• controlled exercises to develop recognition of the language form s (Exercise 1);
• controlled exercises to practise combining language form and language use (Exercise 2);
• controlled or guided exercises focusing on language form and meaning (Exercise 3);
• transfer activities to practise transferring the language presented in the unit to the student’s
own personal and professional experience.
3. Answers to the controlled and guided exercises.
You should w ork through the presentation by:

• reading through the sample sentences andnoting the use of the language form s (Section A);
• studying the language form s presented (Section B);
• studying the uses of these form s (Section C).
Next you should move on to the practice exercises. There are three types of exercises: controlled,
guided and transfer.
Before you start an exercise:
• make sure you clearly understand the task;
• look at any examples that have been given;
• refer back to the language form s and uses, if necessary.
A fter you have finished a controlled or guided exercise, check your answer with the key at the back
of the book.
Controlled exercises have only one possible solution; guided exercises have a model or suggested
answer marked (M). If your answers to a controlled exercise are wrong, look again at sections B and
C. If your answers to a guided exercise are different from those suggested, check if your answers are
possible alternatives.
Finally, a few words about the transfer activities: the reason for including these is that they act as
a bridge to your world by providing an opportunity to transfer to your own personal situation the
language presented and practised in the previous exercises.
Key Grammatical Concepts

It is im portant to know the names of the main gram m atical term s and form s in order to use this
book. It is also im portant to think about the corresponding form s in your own language. In the
following section, you can find out information about the gram m atical term s you w ill need to know.
Grammatical Terms
Active [see also Passive and Voice) D eterm iner
A verb or verb phrase which has the person or thing A class of words which includes articles, possessive
doing the action as its subject, e.g. The government pronouns, demonstratives and quantifiers.
increased taxes.
Doer
Adjective The person who does the action in a passive
An adjective gives more information about a noun, sentence. The doer has the word ‘by’ before it, e.g.
e.g. a successful company, huge profits. An adjective The mistake was discovered by the accountant.
can also be used after the verb be, e.g. the company
Expression (see also Clause and Sentence)
is successful, profits are huge.
A group of words, e.g. last week, in the company.
Adverb
Future
An adverb gives more information about a verb,
The time that happens after now or one of the
e.g. The company grew guicklv.
grammar forms that expresses the time after now,
Article e.g. We are going to buy the company. I am leaving
The words the or a/an which are used before a noun, tomorrow morning. The meeting starts at 9 o’clock.
e.g. the manager, a desk, or the zero article e.g.
Genitive
subsidiaries
A noun written with an apostrophe which shows
Auxiliary verb possession or a sim ilar relationship, e.g. the
The verbs be, have and do when they are used with managers decision, last year's results, the countries’
other verbs: economies.
- continuous verbs (be), e.g. Sales are increasing. Gram m ar
- passive verbs (be), e.g. The factory was sold Grammar describes the forms of words, e.g. sell,
last year. sells, or selling. It also determines the way words
- the perfect (have and had), e.g. We have can be combined to make phrases, e.g. is selling-,
already placed an order. must have sold-, employment agency, and the way
- negative and interrogative verbs (do], e.g. We words can be arranged into larger units of meaning,
don’t agree with the plan. What do you think? e.g. The store has sold all its stock.
Imperative
Cardinal num ber (see also Ordinal number)
The numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, etc. The verb form when you are telling someone to do
something, e.g. Prepare the report. Call the supplier.
Clause
A group of words containing a minimum of a subject Indefinite article (see Article)
and verb, e.g. I wrote the report. Indefinite frequency (see also Definite frequency)
Command An expression showing approximately how often
A command tells someone to do something, something happens, e.g. always, often, sometimes,
e.g. Prepare the report. Call the supplier. rarely, never etc.
Comparative (see Comparison of adjectives) Infinitive
Comparison of adjectives
The base form of a verb without ‘to’, e.g. be, make, write.
The three forms of an adjective, i.e. high - higher Infinitive + to
(comparative) - highest (superlative), or expensive - The base form of a verb with ‘to’, e.g. to be, to make,
more expensive - most expensive to write.
Conjunction Intransitive verb (See also Transitive verb)
A word which links words, phrases or clauses, e.g. A verb which cannot take a direct object, e.g. Costs
but, and, because. rose by 5 per cent last year.
Consonant Irreg u lar verb
One of these letters: b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, I, m, n, p, q, r, A verb that does not form the past tense and
s, t, v, w, x, y, z. the past participle by adding -ed, e.g.
Continuous (aspect) come - came - come, buy - bought - bought.
A verb construction in the form be + infinitive.. .ing, Main clause (see also Subordinate clause)
e.g. is working. A group of words with a subject and a verb which can
Countable noun (see Noun) be a sentence, e.g. We sold the company.
Definite article (see Article) Main verb
Definite frequency A verb which is neither a modal nor an auxiliary
A phrase that tells us exactly how often something verb. Be, have and do can be main verbs or auxiliary
happens in a period of time, e.g. everyday, twice a year. verbs depending on their use.
Demonstrative Modal verb

The words this, that, these and those when they are These verbs and their negative forms are modals:
used in a noun phrase, e.g. This email is from James. will, can, shall, may, must, would, could, should, might
P re -In te rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r
Modals are followed by an infinitive, e.g. You must Regular verb (see also Irreg u lar verb)
attend the meeting. A verb that forms the past tense and past participle
Needn’t and daren’t are also used in this way. by adding -ed, e.g. start - started - started.
Noun Relative clause
A word that names persons, places or things, A clause beginning with a relative pronoun such as
e.g. manager, factory, computer. who, whose, which, that or a relative adverb such as
A countable noun is a noun with a singular and when, where, why.
plural form, e.g. a machine, 20 machines.
Sentence
An uncountable noun is a noun that does not
A group of words with a subject and a verb between
have a plural and you cannot put a or an before it,
two full stops, e.g. My name is Paul. I come from
e.g. information, equipment.
London.
A noun compound is a group of words with two or
more nouns, e.g. sates director. Short form
A noun phrase is phrase with a noun as the main A short form of a verb that is written with an
word, e.g. a very good manager. apostrophe to show that some letters are missing,
e.g. it ’s, we’re, can’t.
Object
A noun or noun phrase that is used after a transitive Simple
verb, e.g. We played golf. A verb construction in either the present simple or
past simple tense.
Ordinal num ber
The numbers 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th etc. Simple sentence
A sentence which is only one main clause, e.g. Sales
Passive (see also Active and Voice)
have increased.
A passive construction contains a verb or verb
phrase in the form be + past participle, where the Singular (see also Plural)
doer of the action is expressed as the agent rather A form of a noun, pronoun or verb which shows that
than the subject, e.g. Taxes were increased by the there is only one, e.g. company, I, she lives in York.
last government (passive] versus The last government Subordinate clause (see also Main clause)
increased taxes (active). A group of words with a subject and verb which is
Perfect (aspect) not a sentence because it needs a main clause to be
A verb construction in the form has/have + past complete, e.g. He worked for ITCorp before he joined
participle which puts the action or event in a MeoaTech.
different time from the time of speaking or writing. Subordinating conjunction
The present perfect shows that the action has been A word which introduces a subordinate clause, e.g.
completed by the time of speaking or writing, e.g. We because, although, if, who.
have already seen the report.
The past perfect shows that an action has been Superlative (see Comparison of adjectives)
completed by an earlier point of time, e.g. We had Tense
already seen the report. The grammatical form of a verb which shows
Phrasal verb the time of the action, e.g. present or past.
A verb phrase that consists of a verb + adverb, e.g. Tim e m arker
to look up a word (in a dictionary). A phrase which shows when something happens,
Phrase e.g. last year, at the moment, next week.
A group of words, but less than a clause, i.e. not Transitive verb (see also Intransitive verb)
containing a subject and verb. A main verb which takes a direct object, e.g. We
Plural (see also Singular) played golf last week.
A form of a noun, pronoun or verb which shows that Uncountable noun (see Noun)
there are more than one, e.g. companies, they, profits
Verb .. .ing
are increasing.
The verb form infinitive + ing, e.g. helping.
Preposition
Voice
A word that is used before a noun and shows us
The grammatical category of either active or passive
something about time, e.g. in the morning, at 7 o’clock,
verb form.
place, e.g. on the desk, or manner, e.g. by_ car.
Vowel
Pronoun
One of the letters a, e, i, o, u.
A word that takes the place of a noun or noun
phrase, e.g. she, my, this, who. Wh-question
A question beginning with who, what, why etc or
Quantifier
with how.
A word which describes quantity, e.g. all, many,
some, few, no. Yes/no question
A question to which the answer must be yes or no,
Question tag
e.g. Is your name Mary?
A short question which makes statement into a
question, e.g. We sent the goods last week, didn’t we? Zero article (see Article)
UNIT Be(1)
See also
Unit 2 Be 12]
A Sample sentences
A: W here are you from?
B: 1 am from Asciano. And my colleagues are from Pisa.
A: I’m sorry. W here is Asciano?
B: It is in Tuscany. It’s near Siena.
B Form
The present tense of to be has three form s:
the positive, the negative and the question.
Positive form
1 am I'm
you are you’re
he/she/it is he's/she's/it’s
the manager is the manager's
the company is the company’s
we are we're
they are they're
the managers are the managers're
the companies are the companies're
Note
The firs t seven sh o rt fo rm s are used in spoken or in fo rm a l w ritte n English;
the last two (the m a n ag e rs're etc.) are used in spoken language only.
Negative form Question form
1 am not am 1?
you/we/they are not are you/we/they?
he/she/it is not is he/she/it?
the manager/the company is not is the manager/the company?
the managers/the companies are not are the managers/the companies?
The negative sh o rt fo rm s are:

I'm not, you aren't, he isn't, she isn't, it isn't, we aren't, they aren't
C Uses
Look at these sentences w ith the verb to be in different form s:
Questions Positive and negative form s

A Are you from New York? No, I’m fro m Boston.
A Excuse me. Is your name B illy Ray? No, it is n ’t. I’m M illie Ray.
A Am I in the rig h t place? Is th is the room fo r the Yes, it is.
sales m eeting?
A: Where are the main m arkets fo r your products? B: They are in the US and Asia.
TASKS
Exercise 1
In the dialogue betow, Peter Hay is talking to Jane Field and A rnold Weiss at a trade fair. Put the
verb form s in sentences 1-14 into the correct box. The firs t one is done for you.
Present positive Present negative Present question

1
PH: Hello, I’m Peter Hay. (1) Where are you from ? (2)
JF: We’re from Seattle in the USA. (3)
PH: Oh, are you A m erican? (4)
JF: I am. (5) But A rnold is n ’t. (6)
aw ^ r m from A ustria. (7) But w e ’re from the same company, Inte r Corp. (8)
PH: Oh, yes, Inte r Corp. What are your nam es? (9)
JF: My nam e's Jane Field. (10) This is A rnold Weiss. (11)
PH: Pleased to meet you. Are you in banking? (12)
AW: No, w e ’re not. (13) W e’re in insurance. (14)
Exercise 2
Complete the spaces. Use sh ort form s where possible.
1. This is Dave King. He's an engineer.
2. My name s Pierre Lapin___________ a

Sales Manager.
3. Mary and Hans are from my department.

com puter program m ers.
U. This is Naomi Cox___________

a research scientist.
5. Hello. My n a m e __________ Franz Johann

and th is __________ Tomas Doll.
____ _____ from Salzburg.
6. Ah, Franz and Tomas!__________

very welcome!
7. This is our office. I t __________ very big.
Exercise 3
Complete the following text about Axdal Electronics. Use a form o f be.
Axdal leads the way
Axdal Electronics is a w orld leader in control systems. W e_________ suppliers to the car
industry. Car m a n u fa ctu re rs_________ our only customers. We__________ also suppliers to
o ther industries. A E _________ an international company. Our cu sto m e rs__________in the USA,
Japan and Europe. Our Chief Executive_________ Paul Axdal. ‘We__________ a fam ily company
and business_________ very good’, says Paul.
Transfer
Write short sentences about yo urself and some friends. Use different present tense form s o f be.
! 3
i
UNIT Be (2)
See also
Unit 1 B e lli
A Sample sentences
A: Hello Raj. W here w ere you yesterday? A: I haven't seen you a ll w eek!
B: I wasn't in my office. I was at a meeting. B: I know. I have been very busy.
B Form
The verb to be has three main tenses: the present (see Unit 1), the past and the present perfect.
Look at the positive fo rm s in the past and the present perfect.
Past Present perfect

Subject Verb Subject Verb Short form
..........
I was I have been I've been
you were you have been you’ve been
he/she/it was he/she/it has been he’s been/she’s been/it’s been
the manager was the manager has been the m anager’s been
the company was the company has been the company’s been
we were we have been we’ve been
they were they have been they've been
the managers were the managers have been the managers've been (spoken only]
the companies were the companies have been the companies’ve been (spoken only)
In the negative we use not:

I w as not in the office yesterday. They have not been here today.
You w ere n o fw ith a custom er yesterday. I haven't been to Spain.
The negative sh ort fo rm s are:

I wasn't, you w eren’t, h e/sh e/it wasn't, we w eren’t, they w eren ’t I haven't been,
you haven’t been, h e/sh e/it hasn't been, we haven’t been, they haven’t been
Now look at these question form s:

W here w ere you yesterday? Have you been to Sw itzerland?
Was M r Brown w ith you? Has he been with a client?
C Uses
Look at these sentences w ith the verb to be in different tenses and d iffe re n t form s:
A: W here w ere you yesterday? You w eren 't in your office, (past question and negative)
B: 1was in Bolton, (past positive)
A: Why w ere you in Bolton? (past question)
B: 1was with a client, (past positive)
Ct I'm sorry. Bolton? W here is Bolton? (present positive and question)
A: It is in the north of England, near Manchester. In the past it was a famous textile centre.
(present positive and past positive)
C; 1haven't been to Manchester. But I've been to Liverpool.
(present perfect negative and positive)
B: 1was in Liverpool last w eek. When w ere you there? (past positive and question)
C; 1was there in January, (past positive)
TASKS
Exercise 1
In the dialogue below, Henry Leer and Joe Fisher are in a hotel b a r in Amsterdam. Put the verb
form s in sentences 1-10 into the correct box.
HL: Have you been to A m sterdam before? (1)

JF: Yes, I’ve been here on business. (2) I was at the Telecom m unications Fair in June
Were you here then? (4)
HL: No, I w a sn ’t. (5) I haven’t been here before. (6) We w ere on holiday in June. (7)
JF: Where?
HL: Mexico. Have you been there? (8)
JF: Yes, I’ve been to Mexico. (9) I was there in March. (10)
Exercise
Delco Ltd.
Complete the le tte r below with words 16-20 East Mount Road, Lincoln LN3 5RT
6 November....
from the box.
Dear Mary,
Last week Tom and Paula__________ here for a
meeting. I t __________ very useful. T h e y___________
here for two days. W e __________ to Oslo in the last
few days. W e __________ there for a meeting with our
Norwegian colleagues. Arne Sillessen__________ very
interested in our ideas. Until now, I __________
happy with the project. Now I am very optimistic.
See you next week.

Best wishes
3
Sam! f « l
Sandy Peel
Exercise 3
Complete the spaces in the em ail below. Use sh ort form s where possible.
From: [email protected]
Sent: Mon 28 November 15:40
Subject: Short Bros
Dear Frances,
I am sorry I _____ (not) at the meeting yesterday. I _____ (not) in the office
this week. Tom and I ______ in London. W e _______at a Sales Conference. I ___
very busy recently.______ Short Brothers happy with the contract?_______they
______ in contact today?
Please contact me by email tomorrow.

m
Thanks
Juanito
__ .....................
Transfer
Write a sh ort paragraph about yo urself and a local industry o r institution. Use past tense and
present perfect form s of be.
5
UNIT The Present Continuous Positive
Be
The present continuous negative
The present continuous question
The present continuous vs. the present simple
A Sample sentences
• At the m oment 70% of consumers are using the Internet to buy things.
• Prasad is currently preparing a business plan.
• At present I am eating my lunch.
B Form
The present continuous positive has tw o parts:
the present tense of to be + infinitive .. .ing
Long form Short form

Subject to be Infinitive .. .ing Subject + to be
I am presenting I'm presenting
you are making you’re making
he/she/it is calling he's/she's/it’s calling
the company/the department (= it) is preparing the company's preparing
the m anager/the boss (= he/she) is reading the manager's reading
we are meeting we're meeting
you are looking you're looking
they are visiting they're visiting
the companies/the departments are doing the companies're doing
(= they) (spoken only)
the managers/the workers are discussing the managers're discussing
(= they) (spoken only)
We often use the sh o rt fo rm s in spoken language; we som e tim e s use the m in in fo rm a l

w ritte n language:
W e're planning a new product for this year, (spoken and w ritte n )
At the moment the company's doing very w ell, (spoken)
C Uses
We use the present continuous to ta lk about:
1. activities at o r around the tim e of speaking:

They are building two nuclear power stations.
2 . te m p o ra ry activities in the present:

Bella, w hat are you doing? I'm reading a report.
Note
W ith C1 and 2, we can use the follow ing expressions:
at the/this m om ent currently at present now
but not
actually
TASKS
Exercise 1
Look at the email below. Underline five present continuous forms.
Exercise 2
Here is p a rt o f a telephone conversation. Complete the spaces with the correct form o f the word in
brackets. Use sh ort forms, where possible.
DL:Hello, Peter. Listen, I ‘m reading Ire a d lyo u r report. There’s a problem on page 50.
PT: Okay, I _[look] at it rig h t now. What’s the problem ?
DL: It says w e __________ (invest] $250,000 in research. That's wrong. I t ’s $25,000,
not $250,000.
PT: Okay I ’ll change that.
DL: Right. Remember, y o u __________ (meet] M r Lally and his colleagues today.
PT: Yes, I know. They__________ (come] here at 2.30.
DL: Fine. Good luck. See you tomorrow, then.
Exercise 3
Look at the graph below. It shows total company sales and sales for two products, A and B.
Write fou r sentences. Use the prom pts below.
1. Total sales (go up).
2. Product A (increase).
3. Product B (fall).
4. The com pany (stop)

production of Product B.
Transfer
Write fou r sentences about you, yo ur friends o ra local business o r institution. Include phrases
from the box.
now at the m oment currently at present
7
UNIT The Present Continuous Negative
See also
Units 1,2 Be
Unit 3 The present continuous positive
Unit 5 The present continuous question
Unit 9 The present continuous vs. the present simple
A Sample sentences
• I am not working at the moment; I am looking for a job.
• The company is not growing quickly enough.
• M anagers are not dealing w ith the issue at the moment.
B Form
The present continuous negative has three parts:
the present tense of to be + not + infinitive .. .ing
Long form Short form
I am not presenting I'm not presenting
you are not making you're not or you aren ’t making

he/she/it is not calling he's not/she’s not/it's not calling
or he isn't/she isn't/it isn't calling
the organisation (= it] is not preparing the organisation isn't preparing
the director (= he/she) is not reading the director isn't reading
we are not meeting we're not or we aren't meeting
you are not looking you’re not or you aren't looking

they are not visiting they're not or they aren ’t visiting
the teams l= they] are not doing the teams aren't doing
the employees (= they) are not discussing the employees aren ’t discussing
C Uses

The company is not/The company isn't investing enough to improve its network.

We are not starting/W e aren't starting the meeting yet because John isn't here.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Look at the text below. Underline four present continuous negatives.
We are not increasing our prices th is year. The m arket is not strong enough. We are
launching new products f o r th e domestic market. M ost o f our products are selling well at
home. A t present, we are not planning any new products fo r export. Sales are not
increasing in our e xpo rt markets. The company is not expecting improved sales th is year.
Exercise 2
Write sentences with a present continuous negative. Use short form s, where possible.
1. I/not visit/a cu sto m e r/in Rome

I'm not visiting a custom er in Rome.
2. W e/not spend/m uch tim e /in Milan

3. The com pany/not look at/n e w m a rke ts in southern Europe
4. At the m om ent many com panies/not invest/in new products
5. Our m a rketing e xperts/not ch an g e/o ur present sales strategy
6. You/not stay/in a hotel
Exercise 3
Make negative o r positive sentences fo r pictures 1-4 below. Use the words in brackets.
(this year/the com pany/do w e ll in the USA) (at p re sent/w e/present a good image
Transfer
Write six sentences about yo u r current activities. Use the present continuous tense, with some
positive and some negative sentences.
UNIT The Present Continuous Question
Be
The present continuous positive
The present continuous negative
The present continuous vs. the present simple
Questions
A Sample sentences
Yoshie: Henry, what are you doing?
Henry: I'm checking the figures. There is a mistake here. W hat is Janet doing
Yoshie: She is calling a taxi for you. Are you leaving now?
Henry: Yes, but Janet is staying.
B Form
The present continuous question has two parts:
the present tense of to be + infinitive .. .ing
We put the subject between part 1 and part 2:
( i g i Subject
am i presenting?
are you making?
is he/she/it calling?
is the computer (= it) analysing?
is the consultant (= he/she) reading?
are we meeting?
are you looking?
are they visiting?
are the specialists (= they) doing?
are the machines (= they) preparing?
C Uses
We use the present continuous question to ask about:

A: Why is he leaving the building?
B: Because he is going to a meeting.

A: W hat are you working on?
B: At the m oment we are developing new processes to speed up production.
P re -In te rm e d ia te B usiness G ra m m a r
TASKS
Exercise 1
Underline the mistakes in the following sentences. Then correct them.
1. Is you w o rkin g very hard? Are you working very hard?
2. At the m om ent they w o rkin g w ith Poland? __________________________
3. Is Leo and Sam planning the conference together? __________________________
4. W hat you th in k about? __________________________
5. Is raining in Bangkok? __________________________
Exercise 2
Make questions to complete the dialogue below. Use the words in brackets.
1. What's Mary doing ? She’s telephoning S ignor Fini.

(W hat/Mary/do?)
.? To invite him to the m eeting on Friday.

(W hy/call/him ?)
3. .? To ta lk about the La Paz report.

(W hy/we/have a meeting?)
.? Yes, I’m s till w o rkin g on it.

(You/work on/the re p ort now?)
5. .? No, I’m doing it alone.

(Anyone/help/you?)
6. .? No, they aren't.

(Kim and Ja m e s/co m e /to the meeting?)
Exercise 3
Make questions fo r the pictures 1-4. Use the words in brackets.
1. (w hy/com puter/not work) 3. (w hy/birds/die
4. (w hy/oil/leak)
Transfer
Write five questions about yo u r colleagues using the present continuous form.
I 11
UNIT The Present Simple Positive
6
See also
Unit 7 The present simple negative
Unit 8 The present simple question
A Sample sentences
• We always investigate a job applicant's background.
• The m anager norm ally has total responsibility for this process.
• Many people say they never eat breakfast.
• I often go to France.
B Form
The present sim ple positive has one part:
infinitive(s)
ect
I make
you present
he/she/it calls
the company/the department (= it) prepares
the manager/the boss (= he/she) reads
we meet
you look
they visit
the companies/the departments (= they) do
the managers/the workers (= they) discuss
C Uses
We use the present sim ple to ta lk about:
1. a g eneral o r perm anent activity:

I w o rk for a research company.
The company makes frozen food for superm arkets.
We finish w o rk at 2pm.
2 . how often an activity is done:

We usually m eet twice a year.
I play golf every w eek.
12 ! P re -In te rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r
TASKS
Exercise 1
Make sentences with the following words. See the example.
I live in a city.
work new solutions.

You live ^ a lot for work.
He/She makes foreign languages.
We/You/They studies for a m ultinational company.
The company develops better products.
Our Research Departm ent travel in a city.
Exercise 2
Match the sentences below to the correct picture a-e.
1. In the evening I get the tra in home. A. At 10 o’clock we have a m eeting.
2. In the afternoon my PA gives 5. We usually have lunch w ith a customer,

me le tte rs to sign.
3. At 8 o’clock I arrive at the office.
Exercise 3
Complete the following text. Use the words in brackets. Put the verbs in the present simple.
Atsuko K yoto________________(live! in Tokyo. S h e ________________ (bej a freelance

jo urnalist. S h e ________________(often/travel] to other countries. In London and Paris she
________________[like] to visit friends. S h e ________________ [usually/w rite] fo r newspapers
and magazines and s h e ________________[som etim es/m ake] television programmes. She
________________[usually/stay] in four s ta r hotels a n d ________________ [often/eat] in top
class restaurants. S h e ________________[never/drink] wine, beer or any alcohol.
Transfer
Write a sh ort paragraph like the one in Exercise 3 about someone you know. Include some o f the
following words.
usually/often/som etim es/occasionally live/w ork/travel/study/fly/w rite/read/sleep
13
UNIT The Present Simple Negative
7
See also
Unit 6 The present simple positive
Unit 31 Do
A Sample sentences
• We don’t use complicated equipm ent or technology; we use very sim ple processes.
• He doesn’t w ork w ith me anymore; he w orks in Beijing now.
• The company provides nurses and healthcare staff, but it doesn't provide managers.
B Form
The present sim ple negative has two parts:
don't/doesn't + infinitive
Subject don’t/doesn't infinitive

I don’t live
you don't work
he/she/it doesn’t produce
the organisation (= it) doesn’t employ
the director (= he/she) doesn't discuss
we don’t meet
you don’t know
they don't like
the teams (= they) don't prefer
the employees (= they) don’t make
C Uses
1. a general or perm anent activity:

I don’t smoke.
He doesn’t w ork for any of the big American companies.
S m all companies don’t usually employ th e ir own IT professionals.

The company doesn’t buy new computers every year.
I don’t play every w eek.
14 I P re -In te rm e d ia te B usiness G ra m m a r
TASKS
Exercise 1
Make negative sentences with the following words. See the example.
I don't w ork in the oil industry.
The management like working in research.

The company understand many people.
I don't want to invest in a new factory.
They doesn't improve for a drug company.
My friend employ in the oil industry.
You work what I am saying.
Exercise 2
Make negative sentences with the following prompts.
1 . w e /m a nu factu re /finish e d products

We don't m anufacture finished products.
2 . w e/advertise/on television
3. the co m p an y/sponsor/sport
4. l/lik e /fis h
5. Nakko S .A ./process/w ritten orders fo r goods
6. Cable PLC/despatch products/by train
7. w e /de a l w ith /L a tin A m erica
8 . you/live/in an a p a rtm e n t
Exercise 3
A local newspaper attacked Teal Ltd fo r damaging the environment. The owner, Peter Teal, wrote a
reply. Give the negative form s o f the words in the brackets.
D ear S ir,
I w a n t to te ll y o u r re a d e rs so m e fa c ts a b o u t Teal
L td . T he c o m p a n y (u s e ) c h e m ic a l d y e s in its p ro d u c ts
o r b le a c h to m ake o u r m a te ria ls w h ite . T he m a n a g e m e n t
(e n c o u ra g e ) th e use o f c o m p a n y c a rs . We (a llo w ) s ta ff
to p a rk p riv a te c a rs on c o m p a n y p re m is e s . W e (b u rn )
o u r ru b b is h and we (th ro w a w a y ) g la s s or p a p e r.
Y o u rs fa ith f u lly ,
f 3 TtM
PJ T eal
M a n a g in g D ir e c to r (T e a l L td )
Transfer
Write six present sim ple negative sentences about the place where you live and/or work.
15
UNIT The Present Simple Question
8
See also
Unit 31 Do
Units 53-55 Questions
Sample sentences
Eduardo: W hat do you do?
Yu Yin: I w o rk as a tran slato r for a company in London.
Eduardo: And w hat does the company make?
Yu Yin: It doesn’t m ake anything, It offers legal advice.
B Form
The present sim ple question has two parts:
do/does + infinitive
lieigipan
do I present?
do you make?
does he/she/it solve?
does the computer (= it] analyse?
does the consultant (= he/she) reach?
do we compete?
do you look?
do they visit?
do the specialists (= they) fix?
do the machines (= they) prepare?
C Uses
We use the present sim ple question to ask about:
1. a general o r perm anent activity:

Who do you w ork for?
W here do you live?
How many people does the company employ?

How often do you eat in a restaurant?
How often does she travel by plane?
TASKS
Exercise 1
Undertine do o r does and the main verb (infinitive) in the foltowing questions. Then answer them.
1. Does your country make cars?
2. Do the largest com panies in your area export products to m any different countries?
3. How m any people do you w o rk or study with?
4. Do you know any in te rn a tio n a lly fam ous products fro m your country?
5. Does your home tow n have a university?
Exercise 2
M artin and Javier m eet in a hotel bar in Paris. Match the questions to the correct picture a-h.
1. Do you come from Spain? 5. Do you know a good restaurant?

2. W hat tim e does the b ar close? 6. Does the hotel have a sw im m in g pool?
3. Do you have an u m b rella? 7. Do you often come to Paris?
4. Do you have a m eeting tom orrow ? 8. Where do you usually go on holiday?
Exercise 3
Write questions for the answers on the right.
1. W here/from ? W here do you come from? I come fro m Santiago, in Chile.
2. W here/w ork? I w o rk fo r Papeleras Valles.
3. W hat/P apeleras Valles/m ake? The com pany m akes paper.

We’re a paper processing company.
4. How many people/your com pany/em ploy? About 750.
5. Have/just one plant? No, we have two, both near Santiago
Transfer
Prepare five o r six questions to ask a friend about h is/her work o r studies. Use the present
sim ple tense.
17
UNIT The Present Continuous vs. The Present Simple
Be
The present continuous
The present simple
The present tenses and the past tenses
A Sample sentences
Luc: Brigitta, w hat do you do?
Brigitta: I w ork as a m arketing director in Heidelberg, but at the m om ent I'm working
in Osnabriick.
Luc: So, w here do you live?
Brigitta: My fam ily lives near Heidelberg, butat present I'm staying in a hotel
in Osnabriick.
B Form
R em em ber these differences between the present continuous and the present sim ple:
The present continuous The present simple

Positive to be + infinitive . . .ing Positive infinitive(s)
Negative to be + not + infinitive . . .ing Negative don’t/doesn't + infinitive
Question to be + subject + infinitive . . .ing Question do/does + subject + infinitive
C Uses
1. activities at or around the tim e of speaking:

Jam ila: Are you producing a report this year?
Mohammed: Yes. At present w e are checking the facts.
2. te m po ra ry activities in the present:

Mary: What are you doing?
Sylvie: I'm w riting a report.
1. a general or perm anent activity:

John: Do you s till play golf?
Karl: No, I don't have tim e now.

Mario: How often do you meet?
Irena: Usually w e see each other once or twice a year.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Read the dialogue below. A jo u rn a list is talking to a representative o f Chemco Ltd. Put the verb
form s in sentences 1-7 into the correct box. The firs t has been done for you.
J: W hat plans does Chemco have now? (1)

C: Chemco processes o il and m akes paints. (2) W e're also planning to make plastics. (3)
J: Are you already w o rkin g in tha t area? (4)
C: We're not selling any plastics at the m om ent. (5)
J: Does the com pany plan to m erge w ith Sidon Ltd? (6)
C: No, we don’t w ant to jo in a no the r company. (7)
Question
Present continuous
Present simple
Exercise 2
Complete the dialogue below between a consultant and a m arketing manager.
C: Which export m arkets do you sell to (sell toj? now

M: We____________ Ideal} m ainly with Germany,
France and Sweden.
*
C: A n d _Inegotiate} with Japanese
customers at the moment? Japan
M; No, not at the moment.
C: _____________ [plan] to enter any new markets?
M ; Yes, Italy. We____________ [launchl a range of
products there la te r this year.
C: And Sweden ?____________ [sell} much there ?
M : Yes, we o fte n ____________ (get! big orders from past — ---------------► future
Swedish m anufacturers.
Exercise 3
Complete the spaces in the short dialogue below about a bank, Credit Bank International.
Use the correct form o f a verb from the box.
like happen open come operate have
A: W hat________________________ ?
B: We___________ 10 new branches in Argentina and Chile.
A: ___________ the bank c u rre n tly ____________ branches only in Buenos Aires and Santiago?
B: Yes.
A: B ut not Brasilia?
B: No, w e ___________ in Brazil yet.
A: ___________ Pablo Hernandez_____ ______ here this week?
B: Yes, h e ___________ these meetings.
Transfer
Write five sentences about yo u r own current activities. Use both the present sim ple and the
present continuous.
19
UNIT Positive and Negative Imperatives
See also
Unit 56 Commands - positive and negative
A Sam ple sentences

• Please arrive fifteen minutes before the meeting.
• Don't forget your mobile phone.
• Buy two tickets and get one ticket free.
B Form
The positive im perative has one part: The negative im perative has two parts:
infinitive don't + infinitive
go don’t go
m ake don t m ake
do don t do
discuss don t discuss
be don t be
C Uses
We use the positive im perative to te ll one o r m ore people w hat they m u st do o r they can do
Fasten your seatbelts. The plane is ready fo r takeoff, (you must)
Please take a copy of o u r brochure as you leave, (you can)
We use the negative im perative to te ll one or m ore people w hat they m u st not do:
Don't park here. Please don't smoke here.
Note
We can use please w ith im peratives to make them m ore polite.
20 P re -In te rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r
TASKS
Exercise 1
Underline positive im peratives and(^ircle)negative imperatives in the following instructions to
visitors to a factory.
Please arrive at 10 o ’clock prom pt. Present your identity papers to the se curity o ffice r at
the gate. Do not park your car in the staff ca r park. Please go where the se curity officer
te lls you. He w ill give you an o fficial pass. W alk to the reception. Present your o fficia l pass
to the receptionist. Do not e nte r the office block. A guide w ill come to m eet you. Please
w ait in reception. Do not sm oke. Do not take photographs.
Exercise 2
Give an imperative [positive o r negativeI for each o f the following. Use the verb in brackets.
1.
(wear)
2.
(put in]
3. 6. 9.
'l— I
oo
<g>o
o
OOO
(M ) &
OOO o
o
ooo X
o o o
----- FREEPHONE
(take photographs] 'consum e food or drink) (call Freephone 0800)
Exercise 3
Put the verbs in the box into the correct positive o r negative imperative form.
knock park arrive photocopy take photographs enter
1. You m u s t_________________________ at 9 o'clock.
2. M ilitary a irp o rt:_________________________
3. This m aterial is copyright______________________
U. P lease__________________________ here. Garage in use.
5. Welcome! P lease_________________________ a n d _____
Transfer
What imperatives, positive and negative, have you seen recently in yo ur home town o r in the place
where you live and work?
UNIT The Past Simple Positive
See also
Unit 12 The past simple negative
Unit 13 The past simple question
A Sample sentences
• Last year we opened an office in Berkeley.
• The company released its report a few w eeks ago.
• Sales increased by 40% in the first half of last year.
B Form
The past sim ple positive has one part:
past tense
S ubject
I made
you presented
h e /sh e /it called
th e com pany/the d ep artm en t (= it) prepared
th e m a n ag er/th e boss (= he/she) read
we m et
you looked
they visited
the com panies/the d ep artm en ts (= they) did
the m an ag ers/th e w o rke rs (= they) w rote
C Uses
We use the past sim ple to ta lk about an activity at a definite tim e in the past:
We started the business about a yea r ago.
He bought the company in 2001 for $ 5 billion.
Last year he joined the company as m arketing manager.
Note
We use the past sim ple w ith these expressions:
L a s t... night, week, m onth, year, century

. . . ago two hours ago, three weeks ago, fo u r m onths ago, etc.
y e s te rd a y . . . m orning, afternoon, evening
i n . . . 2010, the 1980s, the 18th century
TASKS
Exercise 1
Give the past sim ple form o f the following verbs.
increase give help run supply receive deliver meet

order lose break clim b come read write speak
Exercise 2
Below is p a rt o f a report from Baxmer, a pharm aceutical company. Underline six mistakes and
correct them.
stopped
On 25 A pril this year we stop production o f Arpol, a treatm ent fo r migraine. Arpol
production begin in 2004 and early sates was very impressive. However, Belpharm Ltd did
launch the Calpem range three years ago. This product was taking a 30% m arket share in
the firs t two years. A t firs t we agree to continue with Arpol. Now the situation is different.
Exercise 3
Look at the time line below showing events over ten years for Metfan S.A., a Swedish furniture
maker. Make sentences with the verbs given.
Example:
Metfan started business 11 years ago.
years -11 -1 0 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
Transfer
Make five sentences about a business you know well or businesses in your country.
23
UNIT The Past Simple Negative
1
J Unit 11 The past simple positive
1 mgm Unit 13 The past simple question
Unit 31 Do
A Sample sentences
• Last year we didn't s ell as many products.
• I was disappointed because I didn't reach the target.
• In 2002 the company didn't have the skills it needed to do this.
B Form
The past sim ple negative has two parts:
didn’t + infinitive
I didn't live
you didn't work
he/she/it didn't produce
the organisation (= it) didn’t employ
the director (= he/she) didn't discuss
we didn't meet
you didn't know
they didn’t like
the teams (= they) didn’t
. __ prefer
the employees (= they) didn't make
C Uses
We use the past sim ple to ta lk about an activity at a definite tim e in the past:
The business didn't grow much last year.
This product didn't exist two years ago.
I didn’t go to w ork yesterday because I w asn't w ell.
Note
We use the past sim ple w ith these expressions:
L a s t... night, week, m onth, year, century

. . . ago two hours ago, three weeks ago, fo u r m onths ago, etc.
y e s te rd a y . .. m orning, afternoon, evening
in . . . 2010, the 1980s, the 18th century
TASKS
Exercise 1
Underline the past sim ple negatives in the following.
I joined th is com pany five years ago. It was a d iffic u lt tim e. The com pany was not in a
very good state. We d id n ’t have a cle a r m anagem ent stru ctu re . Our local m a rkets were
not very good. Our m a rke tin g d id n ’t include A m erica or the Pacific regions. We d id n't
have any cle a r m a rketing strategy. Now, thing s are very different.
Exercise 2
Read the text below. Change the past sim ple positives to negative. Then make the negatives
positive.
New products were cheap to develop. We spent a lot of m oney on research. Our m arket
share increased in the early 2000s. The com pany made m any good products.
Chemco d id n ’t buy the company. There w a sn ’t a big change in the organisation.
The new m anagem ent d id n ’t w ant to change everything. Most of the old m anagem ent
d id n ’t leave. Things did n ’t improve. Now, we are very o ptim istic.
Exercise 3
Look at the delivery schedule for an order with Interfood nv, a Dutch frozen foods company.
Unfortunately the order went wrong: on January 15, Interfood did not prepare the order.
Complete the sentences below. Write what did not happen.
Delivery schedule for Espofrigo S.A., Vitoria, Spain

Order number: ESP325/0797
Jan. 15 Prepare ord er

Jan. 16 Send goods to R otterdam W arehouse by train
Jan. 17 Load goods onto ship to Bilbao
Jan. 18 Goods a rrive Bilbao. C arretera T rasportes take goods by tru c k to Vitoria
Jan. 19 Espofrigo to co n firm a rriva l
1. On January 15, Interfood didn't prepar e the order.
2. On the next day th e y_______________________
3. On January 17 th e y_______________________
U. On the next day the g o o d s______________________
5. Carretera Trasportes___ __________________
6. So E spofrigo_______________________
Transfer
List things that you did not do ... yesterday/the day before yesterday/last Saturday/last week/last
m onth/three years ago/in 2005/when you were young.
25
UNIT The Past Simple Question
The past simple positive

The past simple negative
Do
Questions
A Sample sentences
• Did you see that promotion for the new product?
• W here did you buy your new computer?
• Why did you leave the company?
B Form
The past sim ple question has two parts:
did + infinitive
did I present?
did you m ake?
did h e/sh e/it solve?
did the co m p u te r (= it) analyse?
did the co nsu ltan t (= he/she) reach?
did we com pete?
did you look?
did they visit?
did the sp ecialists (= they) fix?
did the m achines (= they) prepare?
C Uses
We use the past sim ple question to ask about an activity at a definite tim e in the past:
When did you arrive in England?
Did you m eet the managing director when she was in New York?
How long did you w ork for the company?
W hat did you say to her?
26 | P re -In te rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r
i
TASKS
IS5351I
Match the question on the le ft with the appropriate answ er on the right.
1. When did you arrive here? a. Yes, it was very com fortable.
2. How long did the jo u rne y take? b. No, unfo rtu na tely I did n ’t.
3. Did you come by plane direct c. Last night at 8 o'clock.

from New York?
4. Did you have tim e to see the city d. About 15 hours.

last night?
5. Did you sleep w e ll in the hotel? e. No, I changed at A m sterdam
Exercise 2
B ill Klemens went to Malaysia on a business trip. He is discussing the trip with a colleague,
Joelle Kee. Complete the spaces in the dialogue.
Joelle: How many days did you spend (spend1 in Malaysia?

Bill: Only three.
Joelle: [have! an interesting visit?
Bill: Yes, 1made some useful contacts.
Joelle: Iseel M r Keitel?
Bill: No, he was in New York.
Joelle: And [visit] our colleagues in Sabah?
Bill: No, 1 telephoned, but 1 didn't have time to visit.
Joelle: [have time) for any tourism ?
Bill: Tourism? No ... only work and more work!
Joelle: Don’t you like work?
Bill: Of course 1 do. 1 love w ork!
Exercise 3
A manager returns from a trip and asks her assistant about yesterday. Write questions for the items
below. Use the words in brackets.
1. x 1, k 4.
M r Fish phoning
about order.
7 1N
(the m aintenance eng in e er/ (M r Fish/phone?)
re p air/th e copier?)
5. VISA APPLICATION
URGENT - Caracas Report
John: please read im m ediately.
(John/read/the Caracas report?) (you/send the VISA application?)
6.
Write to Kongo Club. Larish Ltd to collect order.
Pay on collection.
(you/w rite/to the Kongo Club?) (Larish L td /co lle ct th e ir order?) (they/pay?)
Transfer
Prepare six questions to ask a colleague. Use the past sim ple tense.
UNIT The Past Continuous
See also
u Units 1,2
Unit 20
Be
The present tenses and the past tenses
A Sam ple sentences

Alison: W hat w ere you doing last year?
Silvie: We w ere developing a new product.
Alison: Who was working on this project?
Silvie: Mainly Rachida and Voitek. But they w ere not w orking on it fu ll time.
B Form
The past continuous positive and question have two main parts:
the past tense of to be + infinitive .. .ing
Positive form Question form
.......De
..to . .... Subject infinitive.. Jng
l/he/she/it was making was l/he/she/it making?
you/we/they were presenting were you/we/they presenting?
the company (= it) was preparing was the company (= it) preparing?
the manager (= he/she) was reading was the manager (= he/she) reading?
the departments (= they) were doing were the departments (= they) doing?
the workers (= they) were discussing were the workers (= they) discussing?
The past continuous has three parts in the negative:

the past tense of to be + not + infinitive .. .ing
gative form
l/he/she/it was not making

you/we/they were not presenting
the company (= it) was not preparing
the manager (= he/she) was not reading
the departments (= they) were not doing
the workers (= they) were not discussing
In spoken language we often use the sh o rt form s:
l/he/she/it/the company w a s n 't...

you/we/they/the departm ents/the workers w e re n 't. . .
We so m e tim e s also use them in in fo rm a l w ritte n language.
C Uses
We use the past continuous as a tim e fra m e fo r a n o th e r activity:
W hat w ere you doing at this tim e last week?

At this tim e last w eek I was visiting our factory in S w itzerland.
what were you doing?
------------------------------ x -----------------------------.
this time last week
TASKS
Exercise 1
Read the extract from a D irecto r’s speech at the Annual General Meeting o f Pace PLC.
Underline all form s o f the past continuous. Label them positive IP), negative (N), o r question [Q).
‘W hat was happening a few years ago? Well, the com pany w a sn ’t doing very w ell.
During the 1990s we w ere com peting w ith many suppliers. We had a s m a ll turnover.
Then everyone was thin kin g about m ergers and takeovers. In the early 2000s we were
operating in a very d iffe re n t m arket. There w ere only fo u r large com panies. A ll fo u r
were m aking big profits. We were a ll doing w ell.
Exercise 2
A Safety Officer is talking to a technician about a fire at a factory Complete the dialogue. Use the
words in brackets.
SO: What w ere you doing [you/dolyesterday m orning?

T: From 8 o ’clock until 9 o'clock _ (l/checkl the production system.
From 9 o ’clock until 10 o ’clock _ ll/re p air] a com puter
Then when the fire s ta rte d ___ ll/not/work).
II have/coffee).
SO: [your colleagues/drink/coffeel too?
T: No, ___ (they/installj a new p rin te r
SO: [factory/work/norm ally)?
T: ___ [everything/run/perfectly).
SO: Okay. Thanks for yo u r help.
Exercise 3
Look at the table below which describes Sally K lin e ’s day Write where she was and what she
was doing.
■
place action
At 10.30 Sally was at the
1. 10.30 a irp o rt check in
airport. She was checking in.
2. 11.00 duty free shop buy clothes
3. 11.30 departure gate w ait
4. 12.00 plane read
5. 2.00 plane have lunch
6. 5.00 m eeting give a presentation
Transfer
Make sentences about yo urself o r a company o r institution you know. Begin with phrases like
This time Last y e a r ... and In the s u m m e r__ Use the past continuous where possible.
29
UNIT The Present Perfect Simple
The present perfect continuous

The present perfect with for, since, ever and never
The past simple vs. the present perfect simple
British English vs. American English
Irregular verb table
A Sample sentences
M artina: How long have you w orked here?
Andrea: I have been here for five years now and Erica has been here since 2001.
Jean: Have you done any w o rk like this before?

Richard: Yes, I've prepared accounts in various jobs before.
B Form
The present perfect sim ple positive and question have two parts:
has/have + the past participle

Subject has/have t past participle
l/you/w e/they have lived have l/you/w e/they seen?
h e /sh e /it has w orked has h e /sh e /it finished?
the d ire c to r (= he/she) has invited has the d ire c to r (= he/she) received?
the em ployees (= they) have m ade have the em ployees (= they) done?
The present perfect sim ple negative has three parts:

has/have + not + past participle
Negative form
------ -——~—
Subject has/have not past participle
l/you/w e/they have not prepared
h e /sh e /it has not helped
th e d ire c to r (= he/she) has not arrived
th e em ployees (= they) have not discussed
In spoken language we often use these sh o rt form s:
Positive form Negative form

l/yo u/w e /th ey/the w o rke rs've l/yo u/w e /th ey/the w o rk e rs haven’t
h e /s h e /it/th e com pany’s ... h e /s h e /it/th e com pany hasn’t ...
We som e tim e s also use them in in fo rm a l w ritte n language.
C Uses
We see the present perfect sim ple as a tense w hich lin ks the past and the present.
So we use the present perfect sim p le to ta lk about:
1. an activity w hich started in the past and continues to the present:

I have w orked for the bank for five years.
2 . an activity w hich happened at a tim e in the past - but we don’t know exactly when -
w ith a result in the present:
I have visited the US several tim es. (Present result, I know many places.)
TASKS
Exercise 1
Make sentences from the words betow. See the exampte.
M r Flaherty has studied economics.
I have made Saudi Arabia.

You haven't produced Belgium.
He/She has —— studied a profit.
We/You/They ; hasn't developed a report.
The company s increased economics.
Our departm ent / ve visited new products.
The government lived in taxes.
Mr. Flaherty been to its turnover.
Exercise 2
Look at the graph betow. It shows the p ro fit perform ance fo r fo u r products. Write how long each
product has been profitable. Use the verbs in the box.
be profitable make a p ro fit do well IsalesI increase
Sales of Product A have increased since 2007
profit P ro du ct A
Exercise 3
Answ er the following questions. Give long and sh ort answers.
1. Have you ever been to the United States?

No, I haven't been to the USA/No I haven't.
2. How long have you known your best friend?
3. Has your com pany/school/university made any lin ks w ith foreign companies?
4. Has your fam ily owned a business?
5. How long have you lived in your present house?
6. Have you w orked fo r an A m erican company?
7. Have you studied fo r a M asters Degree in Business A dm in istra tio n (MBA)?
Transfer
Ask a friend questions about travel/w ork/studies/etc. like the ones above. Write down the answers.
H e /s h e ...
31
UNIT The Present Perfect Continuous
16
See also
Unit 15 The present perfect simple
Unit 17 The present perfect with for, since, ever and never
Unit 18 The past simple vs. the present perfect simple
A Sample sentences
• Production has been declining since 2000.
• The company has been working on this project for several years.
• Profits are falling; so we have been looking at ways of cutting costs.
B Form
The present perfect continuous positive and question have three parts:
has/have + been + infinitive .. .ing (has/have been is the present perfect of to be)
H m m u m
l/you/w e/they have been living have l/you/w e/they been producing?
h e /sh e /it has been w o rkin g has h e/sh e/it been studying?
discussing
.
The present perfect continuous negative has fo u r parts:

has/have + not + been + infinitive .. .ing
Negative form
Subject has/have not been Infinitive .. .ing
l/you/w e/they have not been doing
h e /sh e /it has not been helping
In spoken language we often use these sh o rt form s:
Positive form Negative form

l/yo u/w e /th ey/the w o rke rs've been l/yo u/w e /th ey/the w o rk e rs haven't been
h e /s h e /it/th e com pany’s been ... h e /s h e /it/th e com pany hasn’t been ...
We som etim es also use them in in fo rm a l w ritte n language.
C Uses
We use the present perfect continuous to ta lk about:
1. an activity w hich started in the past and continues to the present:

She has been living in London for several years.
2. an activity w hich happened at a tim e in the past - but we don’t know exactly when
it happened:
The company has been doing extra tests on the systems.
In many cases, the m eaning of the two present perfect tenses is the same.
He has w orked for the airline for 25 years = He has been working for the airline for 25 years.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Match the phrase on the le ft to a phrase on the rig h t to make six sentences.
You’ve been looking for changing my job.

Our exports have been doing w ell the performance of our PX range.
The Marketing Departm ent has been studying for the last ten years.
I’ve been thinking about for us since 1995.
Michael has been working last y ea r’s sales figures.
We’ve been analyzing a new job.
Exercise 2
Write one sentence fo r each o f the five projects mentioned in the notes below. The firs t one has
been done fo r you.
Since 2003 w e ’ve been expanding our export m arket.
S tart date Project

2003... expand/our export market
2006... use/automated production
2008... run/training courses
January ... process orders/with electronic systems
February ... build/a new warehouse
Exercise 3
Comptete the following le tte r from an Executive of Euro TV, a Paris-based television channel.
He is w riting to a colleague in Japan.
EuroTV, 170 -1 7 4 Rue des Capucins, 2270 Lesigny, FRANCE
Dear Hisashi,
Thank you for your letter. EuroTV________(develop) links with companies in
other countries. In particular w e__________ (discuss) programme making with
networks in Belgium and Germany. We_________ (talk to) small, private
companies. So far we have not tried to set up links with companies outside Europe.
Many American TV stations_________ (examine) ways to work in Europe.
I I look forward to meeting you in Paris. We can discuss these developments.

Yours sincerely,
To** Klf*ck
Tom Kitsch
Transfer
Write sentences about four things that you started in the past and which are s till continuing.
33
UNIT The Present Perfect with For, Since,
Ever and Never
17 See also
Unit 15 The present perfect simple
Unit 16 The present perfect continuous
Unit 18 The past simple vs. the present perfect simple
Business File 6 Irregular verb table
A: Have you ever used this catering company?

B: Yes, we have used them since 2000.
A: We have never used them . Are they any good?
B: Yes, we have had no problem s w ith them for several years.
We use the present perfect sim ple and the present perfect continuous w ith for and since:
two days Tuesday

th re e w eeks 21 st A p ril
fo u r m onths last m onth
m any years the beginning of th is year
a lo n g /sh o rt tim e the end of the 90s
I have w orked for ABC for many years. I have w orked for ABC since 1990.
I have been working for ABC for six years. I have been working fo r ABC since 1st January.
We use the present perfect sim ple w ith ever and never:
at any tim e in the past at no tim e in the past
Have you ever visited the trade fa ir in Hannover? No, I have never been there.
1. W ith the present perfect both for and since show the duration of an activity. In both cases it
started in the past and continues to the present:
past present
5 years
start of work on technology = 2005 now = 2010
We have been working on this technology for five years, (period of tim e w ith for)
We have been working on this technology since 2005. (point of tim e w ith since)
2. We use ever in present perfect questions to mean ‘at any tim e up to now ’ :
Have you ever m et the president?
3. We use never in present perfect state m e n ts to mean ‘at no tim e up to now ’ :

The company has never made a profit.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Match the questions on the Left with appropriate answers on the right.
1. How long has she w orked Yes, we made heavy losses in the 1970s.
fo r S m ith C allm an Ltd?
2. How long have you Yes, but I've never visited the USA.
known P eter Lomax?
3. Have you ever lived c. She's been w ith the com pany since 1994.
in a d iffe re n t country?
4. Has your com pany ever ’ve known him fo r 20 years.

had m ajor problem s?
Exercise 2
A shampoo, Shine Plus, is not selling well. The Product Manager is talking to a marketing
consultant. F ill the spaces. Use words from the box.
for since [21 ever never long have [21 has [21 been
MC: Have y o u _________ had a big fall in sales before?

PM : No, sales have_________ fallen so suddenly.
MC: H o w _________ have y o u __________ m arketing this product?
P M : __________ the beginning o f la st year.
MC: So, it's been on the m a rk e t_________ less than two years?
PM : Yes, it
MC: _________ you compared Shine Plus with com petitors’ sales
results?
PM : Yes. Our drop in sales_________ happened___________January
although the m arket has improved. The graph shows how our
three main com petitors______ __ a ll benefited: they’ve all
been selling better.
Exercise 3
Kate and M att m eet in an a irp ort departure lounge. They are waiting for the ir flights. Complete the
dialogue below. Use for, since, ever, never.
K a te : How long have you worked fo r Abacus?

M a tt: __________ about fo u r years.
K a te : I see. Have y o u _________ done business in China?
M a tt: No, w e’v e __________ tried the Chinese market.
K a te : Well, our business in China has been ris in g __________ the beginning o f the 2000s.
M a tt: And you Ve been m aking a p ro fit since then ?
K ate : Well, not always__________ three years, yes.
M a tt: Have y o u _______ _ visited China ?
K a te : Oh yes. Many times. In fact, my husband is Chinese.
Transfer
Ask someone six questions with ever or how Long. Get answers with never, for and since.
35
UNIT The Past Simple vs. The Present Perfect Simple
18
I See also
Units 11, 12, 13, 14 The past
Units 15,16, 17 The present perfect
Business File 4- British English vs. American English
A Sample sentences
I don’t think we have met.
My name is D ieter S tallkam p. I've only recently arrived from Stuttgart.
So, when did you join the company?
I started at the beginning of the year.
B Form
When we ta lk about or ask about an activity at a definite tim e in the past, we use:
+ -
past tense didn't + infinitive did + subject + infinitive
past simple positive past simple negative past simple question
When we ta lk about o r ask about an activity in the past w ith a lin k to the present, we use:
+ - ?
have/has + past participle haven’t/h as n ’t + past participle have/has + subject + past participle
present perfect present perfect present perfect
simple positive simple negative simple question
C Uses
Look at th is m in i-dialo g ue in the past sim ple:
A: So when did you start the company?
B: W ell, we opened the first sales office five years ago. At first, demand for our products
was slow. Then we placed an advertisem ent in Eurow eekly.
A: And did that help?
B: Yes we started to receive enquiries from w holesalers. They didn’t w ant to buy from
larg e r companies because th e ir deliveries w ere very slow.So, they came to us.
Now look at this m in i-dialo g ue in the present perfect sim ple:

A: In the past three w eeks the company has sold 50,000 copies of its anti-virus software.
B: And how have they reached th e ir customers?
A: They have placed a lot of advertisem ents online. Have you ever tried online advertising?
B: No. We have never found it effective. But we have used an advertising agency for about
three years. And they have developed some good campaigns for us.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Look at the sentences betow. Underline examples of the sim ple past and(^frcle)examples o f the
present perfect.
1. The com pany has sold its London offices.
2. The Managing D irecto r resigned three years ago.
3. I have not read the new spaper today.
U. A rival m a n u fa ctu re r has bought the company.
5. The to p -s e llin g product made over £3m last year
6. Many shareholders have sold th e ir shares.
7. M arket analysts have estim ated com pany tu rn o ve r at over £40m.
8. Axam Ltd did not im prove its sales.
Exercise 2
The graphs below show the turnover, R&D costs and share value for Lander Ltd. Complete the text
with the correct form o f the words in brackets.
This shows the turnover fo r Lander. It _ This shows that the value o f Lander shares
Ideclinel between 2004 and 2006 but it _____ _ Iincrease1 between 2004 and 2005.
[risej since 2006. The com pany______ [spendl I t _______ [m aintain] the same level since 2005.
more on R&D. Com petitors’ share values_______ Iincrease}.
The in cre ase _______ (not/be) very large.
Exercise 3
Complete the em ail below with the correct form o f verbs in the box.
break transfer repair decide notice begin not/lose not/read
|
Date: ' 20 May 2 0 ... 1
To: | [email protected]
From: | [email protected] 1
Seta plant closure 1
Dear Mike
We to close down the Beta plant for three weeks. On Tuesday maintenance
inspectors__________
_____ problems w ith the machines. I __________ the inspectors' report.
________a detailed study. A few weeks ago w e __________ the pump. It is
Yesterday w e ________
possible that the pump ______ again. W e__________ production to our other plant.
Fortunately, w e ______ much production. I w ill telephone you next week w ith more
information.
Best regards
Transfer
Write a few sentences describing your recent activities. Use the past simple and the present perfect.
37
UNIT The Past Perfect
See also
Units 11-13 The past simple
A Sample sentences
• He had w orked as a m arketing assistant for many years. Then he changed jobs.
• Had you used this technology before you came here?
• The club had not made a profit during the five years before the m erg er took place.
B Form
The past perfect positive and question have two main parts:
had + past participle

Subject ill Subject
l/h e /s h e /it had made had l/h e /s h e /it made?
you/w e/they had presented had you/w e/they presented?
the com pany (= it) had prepared had the com pany (= it) prepared?
the m anager (= he/she) had read had the m anager (= he/she) read?
the w o rke rs (= they) had discussed had the w o rk e rs (= they) discussed?
The past perfect has three parts in the negative:

had + not + past participle
Negative form
had not past participle
l/h e /s h e /it had not made
you/w e/they had not presented
the com pany (= it) had not prepared
the m anager (= he/she) had not read
the w o rk e rs (= they) had not discussed
In spoken language we often use the sh o rt form hadn't:
l/he/she/it/the company/you/we/they/the departm ents/the workers h a d n 't...
We som e tim e s also use it in in fo rm a l w ritte n language.
C Uses
We use the past perfect to ta lk about an activity at a tim e before the past:
past perfect past present
-J___________ I___________ u
be head o f com pany sale o f com pany
A fter he had been head of the company for three and a half years, he sold it.
past perfect past present
!< r— ------------
not call boss flight to Moscow

He had not called his boss before he flew to Moscow.
Note
We can often use the past sim ple instead of the past perfect:
I called him a fte r I had arrived in the office = I called him a fte r I arrived in the office,
TASKS
Exercise 1
Underline examples o f the past perfect in the sentences below.
1. A fte r I had shut the door I realised my key was inside.
2 . I had finished my sandw ich when the phone rang.
3. When I returned I saw th a t som eone had left a package on my desk.
4. Mrs Maw had not finished opening her post when John cam e in.
5. The w o rk had not been com pleted before the Vice President arrived.
Exercise 2
Use the words below to make sentences. Include a past perfect tense contrasted with a simple
past tense. Use positive (+), negative (-) and question form s (?].
1. The com pany/test/new produ cts/be fore/la u nch /on the m a rke t
The company had tested the new products before it launched them on the m arket. (+)
The company hadn't tested the new products before it launched them on the m arket. (-)
Had the company tested the new products before it launched them on the m arket? (?)
2. The e ng in e ers/visit/th e pla nt/be fo re /th e accident/happen
3. The co m p an y/pu b lish /th e sales re su lts/b e fo re /th e share price fa ll
4. The research te a m /co m p le te /th e re p o rt/th e m an ag e m e nt/cut/in ve stm en t
5. W hen/the d e a d lin e /co m e //sh e /fin ish /th e report
Exercise 3
Fred has problem s with a photocopier. Complete the dialogue.
Tom: What happened?
Fred: Before the machine broke down, I ________ Imadel 100 copies.
Tom: Then what?
Fred: When I _____________________ (done) 100, the paper jam m ed.
Tom: What did you do?
Fred: When I __________(clearj the paper, I pressed the s ta rt button.
Tom: Then?
Fred: I thought I /solveI the problem. But I __________________ (not/notice] another problem.
_
Smoke was coming out o f the back.

Tom: So then what happened?
Fred: A fte r I (seel the smoke, I telephoned you.
_
Transfer
Write sentences contrasting events affecting your work o r studies.
Example:
When I arrived in Tanzania I had already learnt Swahili.
39
UNIT The Present Tenses and The Past Tenses
Units 3-9 The present tenses

Units 11-14 The past tenses
Units 15-18 The present perfect
Unit 19 The past perfect
A Sample sentences
John: W here do you come from , Diane?
Sonia: I was born in Scotland, but I live in Finland now.
John: That’s interesting. My brother has lived in Finland for five years.
How long have you lived there?
Sonia: I moved there three years ago.
John: And do you like it?
Sonia: Yes. But unfortunately, I don’t live in the capital. I commute to the office every day.
It takes about an hour. So, we are looking for a flat near the centre. Have you
ever been to Finland?
John: Yes, many tim es. In fact I prepared a big construction project there two years ago.
But w hile I was working on it, the client w ent bankrupt. Fortunately, we had not
invested too much money.
B Form
R em em ber these d iffe re n t fo rm s fo r the present tenses and the past tenses:
The present, past and

present perfect continuous The present simple
i
Positive to be + infinitive .. .ing Positive infinitive(s)
Negative to be + not + infinitive .. .ing Negative don't/doesn’t + infinitive
Question to be + subject + infinitive .. .ing Question do/does + su bject + infinitive
Present fo rm s of to be = am /is/are
Past fo rm s of to be = w as/w ere
Present perfect form s of to be = have been/has been
The past simple The present perfect

Positive past tense have/has + past participle had + past p articip le
Negative didn’t + infinitive haven’t/h asn ’t + past p articiple hadn't + past p articip le
Question did + subject + infinitive have/has + subject + past p articip le I had + subject + past participle
C Uses
Look at the differences in m eanings between the follow ing sentences:
I usually w ork w ith clients in the catering industry, but at present I am w orking w ith a
music company.
[present sim ple vs. present continuous)
I was surfing the Internet, when I saw your website.

(past continuous vs. past sim ple)
How long have you lived in Jerusalem , Joel? I moved here three years ago.
(present perfect vs. past sim ple)
Before I moved to Austin, I had never visited Texas.

(past sim ple vs. past perfect)
40 ! P re -In te rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r
TASKS
Exercise 1
Look at the following extract from a newspaper report. Label the tenses as follows:
present sim ple iPresSj, present continuous [PresCl, past sim ple (PastSl, past continuous (PastCl,
present perfect sim ple IPPS], present perfect continuous IPPCJ, past perfect [PastPl.
Global slow down

The world economy is slowing down.The World Bank has published a report. It says that the global
economy is growing at 2% per year. Last year growth was 2.8%.The report contrasts with a study
by the OECD last year.This had suggested that prospects were improving for developing countries.
According to Credit Bank International, the world economy has been slowing down for a year.
Exercise 2
Use the prom pts below to make a dialogue.
A B
1. P eter/w here/w ork?
Peter, w h e re __________ ? I __________ Frobo Ltd.
2. how long/there?
How lo n g __________ ? I __________ two years.
3. w here/before/Frobo?
W here__________ before Frobo? Allen Brothers.
A. why/change?
Why__________ ? Because the m a rk e ts __________ falling and the
com pany__________ going bankrupt.
5. why/choose/Frobo?
Why__________ Frobo? I __________ [w ork] there before I joined Allen Bros.
Exercise 3
Maria is showing a visitor round h er distribution company, Largo S.p.A. Make sentences using the
prom pts below.
1. M a ria :_______________________________ 4. M a ria :________________________________
(from January u n til June last ye a r/b u ild / (in D ecem ber/buy/new lorries)
new office block)
2. Visitor: ______________________________ 5. M a ria :________________________________
(how much/cost?) (unfo rtu na te ly/on e /b re a k down)
3. M a ria :__________ 6. M a ria :_______________________________
(cost/$250,000m) (this delivery/go/Spain)
Transfer
Prepare some questions to ask a friend about h is/her work o r studies. Together, discuss what you
have both done and are doing now.
41
UNIT The Future with W ill and Shall
21
See also
Unit 22 The future with going to vs. present continuous
Unit 23 The future with w ill vs. going to vs. present continuous
A Sam ple sentences

• I'll m eet you a fte r w ork.
• I think they w ill sell the insurance company.
• W hat shall we call the new product?
B Form
The fu tu re w ith w ill has two parts:
the m odal w ill + infinitive
Positive form Negative form Question form

l/yo u /w e /h e /sh e /it/th e y l/yo u /w e /h e /s h e /it/th e y w ill l/y o u /w e /h e /s h e /it/th e y
w ill organise the m eeting w ill not go to the m eeting prepare the agenda?
Short forms ’11 won't
We often use the sh ort fo rm s in spoken language; we som etim es use the m in in fo rm a l w ritte n
language:
I'U check the figures this afternoon.
Sales w on't recover before next year.
The fu tu re w ith shall has two parts:

the m odal shall + infinitive
We only use it a fte r I and we.
I shall see you tom orrow a fte r the m eeting.
The s h o rt form of the negative is shan’t:

We shan’t pay any invoices before the beginning of next month.
C Uses
1. We use the fu tu re w ith w ill to ta lk about futu re facts:
Prices w ill rise by 3.3% next month, [not: will to rise}
When w ill the product be available in stores?
The company said it w on't perform tests on animals.
2. We can use the fu tu re w ith shall a fte r I and we:

I shan't stay long, [not: shan’t to stay)
W hat shall we do tom orrow?
3. We use the question fo rm s shall I? o r shall we? to make suggestions:

S hall I call you tom orrow?
S hall we go home now?
42 I P re -In te rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r
TASKS
Look at the following sentences. Link each one to a picture a-e.
1. S hall we go in? 4. S hall I c a ll the technician?

2. I’ll ca ll you again tom orrow . 5. Jo h n ’ 11 be here at 10 o'clock.
3. We’ll w rite to you next week.
Exercise 2
Below is p a rt o f a presentation by Tom Kip, from LM F Ltd, a food manufacturer. Tom is describing
the day’s program m e to a group o f visitors from France. Put the sentences in the correct order.
Underline any uses o f w ill o r sh all. The firs t has been m arked 11) fo r you.
a. We’ll have lunch in a local re stau ra n t at about 1 o'clock.
b. We’ll finish at about U o’clock.
c. A fte r th is introduction, w e ’ll have a sh ort to u r of the plant.
d. So, s h a ll we begin the tou r?
e. Then before coffee w e ’ll show you a film about o u r d istrib u tio n system.
f. We’ll have coffee at 11, then w e ’ll have a m eeting w ith Ken Levins, o u r Product Manager.
g. Right, now I’ll explain the program m e fo r the day. (1)
h. A fte r lunch w e ’ll discuss fu tu re plans.
Exercise 3
Complete the exchanges below. Use a form o f w ill o r shall in yo ur answer.
1. Fred: 1 need a taxi. U. P ierre: Who'll tell us the answer?

M artin: [phonel I'll phone fo r one. Imogen: In o t/E rik ]______________
2. John: I ’ll be in my office tomorrow. 5. Juan: What about lunch?

M arie: (call you] Amy: [go/Gigi's Restaurant?!
3. Jacob: 1need to see the report.

Hisashi: Iget it1
Transfer
A nsw er the following questions about yo ur work. Use a form o f w ill o r shall.
W hat do you plan to do tom orro w ? W hat about getting a big pay rise next year?
Where are you going on Saturday? W hat’ll you ta lk about tom orro w ?
Who w o n ’t you see this evening? If the com pany has problem s, w ill you lose your job?
43
UNIT The Future with Going To vs.
Present Continuous
22 See also
Unit 21 The future with will and shall
Unit 23The future with will vs. going to vs. present continuous
A Sample sentences
• When are you going to give us a decision?
• We are going to discuss m arketing strategy.
• I am leaving for Europe at the end of the w eek.
• We are not selling as much to Asia.
B Form
The fu tu re w ith going to has three parts in the positive and question:
to be + going to + infinitive

Subject to be going to Infinitive to be Infinitive
I am going to am I going to
you/w e/they are going to negotiate are you/w e/they going to agree?
h e /sh e /it is going to is he/sh e/it going to
The fu tu re w ith going to has fo u r p arts in the negative:

to be + not + going to + infinitive
Negative form
Sub f j j ; e not g to
I am not going to
you/w e/they are not going to come
h e /sh e /it is not going to
For the fo rm s of the present continuous (positive, negative and question), see Units 3-5.
C Uses
1. We use the fu tu re w ith going to to ta lk about intentions:
I am going to do $2000 in sales today. (It is my intention.)
The company is going to build 1000 cars a year. (It is o u r com pany’s intention.)
2. We use the fu tu re w ith the present continuous to ta lk about personal fixed plans or schedules:
Next month we are launching a new online service. (It is o u r fixed plan.)
When are you flying to Jakobsberg? (When have you fixed to fly there?)
Note
It is im p o rta n t to specify a fu tu re tim e, when you use the present continuous w ith a
fu tu re meaning.
When are you flying to Jakobsberg?
I'm flying there tom orrow m orning.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Read the text below. Underline once any uses o f going to + infinitive Iintention1 and
underline twice any examples o f the present continuous tense Ifixed plans].
Q: W hat are you w o rkin g on fo r the next few weeks?
A: We’re setting up a new d istrib u tio n netw ork in Asia. We’re not using our
own staff. We’re going to use local agents. We’re going to re c ru it top
quality experts. We’re exam ining som e possible applicants next week.
We’re going to run psychom etric tests as p art of the re c ru itm e n t
procedure. I’m m eeting colleagues la te r today to fin alise plans.
Exercise 2
A custom er is telephoning a mobile phone rental company. Complete the conversation.
C aller: Well, we re having lhavel a conference in three months. I need some phones.
PhoneCo: Fine. How many p eo p le_________Icomel?
Caller: Well, __________ Isend out150 invitations this week.
PhoneCo: That's fine__________(hire) phones fo r everyone?
Caller: No, ju s t about half', I think.
PhoneCo: A n d __________I need I anything else, faxes or modems?
C aller: N o ,______________Inot/plan] anything complicated.
Exercise 3
Look at the project plan fo ra jo in t venture between two companies, KJE Ltd and Weisskopf
GmbH. Complete the memo below. Use the correct form o f the words in the box. Put them into the
present continuous or the going to form.
Dept, meeting sign contract develop new engine
now next on 16th of next year

week the month
come jo in have manufacture travel sign
Memo
To: HJ From: KP
Re: KJE/W eisskopf Joint Venture
As you know, w e __________ a new engine w ith W eisskopf GmbH. W e _______
D epartm ent m eeting next week and I __________ to Brem en on the 16th. We
contract th e n ___________ to the m eeting?
T h at’s all. Good luck.
P.S. H e le n __________ (not) the design team . She is too busy.
Transfer
Write sentences on [al your intentions, and Ibj yo ur fixed plans.
UNIT The Future with Will vs. Going To vs.
Present Continuous
See also
Unit 22 The future with going to vs. present continuous
A Sample sentences
A: W hen are you going to launch the new product?
B: It won’t be ready before June.
A: W hen are you going to fix the price?
B: For the rest of this year we are offering them at a special price. This w ill increase demand.
A: Are you going to appoint a m arketing director?
B: Yes, we are interview ing the candidates in two weeks.
B Form
Remember
1. There is no to a fte r w ill o r shall.
2. You need the verb to be before going to and the present continuous form s.
For m ore in form ation on the form s, see Units 21 and 22.
C Uses
Look at the differences in m eanings between the follow ing pairs of sentences:
W hat are you going to do tom orrow? (What do you intend to do?)
(future w ith going to)
W hat are you doing tom orrow? (What are your fixed plans?)
(future w ith present continuous)
We are going to launch a new cable channel at the end of this year. (We intend to la u n c h ...)
(future w ith going to)
The official launch w ill take place in New York on Friday. (The launch date is a fact.)
(future w ith will)
Now look at this m ini-dialogue:

A: When w ill the report be ready?
B: I'm going to w ork on it this afternoon.
A: I'm seeing the MD tom orrow m orning. W e're going to review the sales figures.
B: OK, it'll be finished by U o'clock.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Read the dialogue below. N um ber the future form s 1-6. Then write the num bers in the box.
tiorts/going to Facts/s
A: What are we going to do about the p ro m o tion a l m a te ria l fo r the exhibition?

B: I'm taking it to the p rin te r’s this afternoon. They told me it ’ll be done by Monday.
A: Okay. Tell them I’ll pick it up at 10 o’clock.
B: It’s not necessary. They’ re com ing here about som ething else.
A: Okay. Now, I’m going to find out who can do som e tra n sla tio n s fo r us ...
Exercise 2
4 jo u rn a lis t is interviewing a director o f a paints m anufacturer, Byant Ltd. The company is in
trouble because last week chemicals polluted a local river. Complete the dialogue with appropriate
future form s o f the words in brackets.
Journalist: A re you going to close [close] the factory?

Byant: Of course w e _____________________ Inot/closel the factory 800 people work here.
W e______________________ [install a new purification system next summer.
Journalist: People think yo ur new system _____________________ [not/bej enough.
Byant: I'm sure it Ibel.
Journalist: [invest] more in environmental protection?
Byant: W e____________________ [increase] spending on this by 25% this year and next year.
Journalist: Is that too little, too late?
Byant: No, certainly not. We [spend] a lot of money And now, we
can prom ise you something else. The river ___________________[be] clean again
by the end of this week.
Exercise 3
Complete the email below. Use the verbs in the box in appropriate future forms.
tell explain move happen come have look round
To: [email protected]
From: | [email protected]
Subject: | Visit from Harkes Ltd
Dear Ricardo,
Representatives of Harkes Ltd next week. They the plant and then we
a meeting at 2 o'clock. We_________ our plans for the next five years.They know
__ our Sales Division to Brussels. They don't know that this__________ in
December this year. I them before the meeting.
Best Regards
Jean Claude Isias (Papin S.A.)
(1)4577 3371
Transfer
Discuss future plans, intentions and events with a colleague. Ask h im /h e r questions.
UNIT Conditional I
ik
A Sam ple sentences
See also
Unit 25 Conditional fl
If we get ten new accounts, the company will pay a bonus.

The company will not survive, unless a buyer comes to its rescue.
Businesses will return to the country, if political conditions improve.
B Form
A cond itio n al sentence has two parts:
the if clause + the m ain clause
In cond itio n al I sentences, we use:
If we send the mailshot this weekpit will arrive next week.

We can use unless fo r i f ... not:
Unless we merge our two companies, we will not be competitive. (If we d on ’t merge
C Uses
A co nditional I sentence shows a real possibility:
If Ahmed leaves now, he will be back in Glenvale before lunch.
(We d o n 't know if Ahm ed w ill leave now; but if he leaves now, there is a real possibility tha t he
w ill be in Glenvale before lunch.)
Now look at these co nditional I sentences:

If labour costs increase, we will manufacture abroad.
Unless we move our production abroad, our competitors will take our market share.
Our workers will strike if we don't offer higher wages. =
Our workers will strike unless we offer higher wages.
Note
There is no rule about the com m a between the if clause and the m ain clause. If there is a
pause between the two clauses, we w rite a com m a; if not, we don’t.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Label the main clauses IMCI and underline them with a continuous line I_____I Label the if
clauses 11Cl and underline them with a dotted line (........1. The firs t one has been done for you.
1. We w ill buy Axam PLC (MC) if the price is right. (IC)
2. If we are successful o u r share price w ill go up.
3. If the m a rke t declines we w o n 't buy Axam.
4. One of o u r co m p etito rs w ill buy Axam if we don’t.
5. We can take our tim e, unless Chemco m akes a sudden o ffe r fo r Axam.
Exercise 2
Make conditional sentences based on these prompts.
1. w e /p o llu te the river//have to pay a fine

If we pollute the river we'll have to pay a fine.
2. the co m p u te r/cra sh //w e lose the data
3. o u r m a rke t sh are/increase//w e/give a pay rise
4. they/send the goods today//they arrive to m o rro w
5. s a le s /fa ll//w e /ra is e prices
6. unless/w e/have/good w e a th e r//w e /n o t make a profit
Moda PLC is a fashion clothes manufacturer. Here is an email on plans for next year. Complete the
spaces with appropriate clauses from the box.
unless the economy recovers our products w on't sell we w ill do better
we w ill produce If we have
Date: | 29/03/11
To: I [email protected]
From: [ [email protected]
Subject: | Next season's forecast_________
Dear Jay,
_________another year like last year

excellent results. The Marketing Department thinks
that if the new summer collection sells well,
_________than last year. However,__________ , we
won't do as well. We also need good weather. If it
rains a lo t,_________.
Transfer
Make four conditional sentences about your work o r yo ur studies. Use if and unless.
UNIT Conditional II
See also
Unit 24 Conditional I
A Sample sentences
• If ITCorp accepted our offer, both companies would benefit.
• The results would improve, if we spent more time on planning.
• What would you do if you lost your job?
• Unless you left now, you would not arrive in time.
B Form
A cond itio n al sentence has two parts:
the if clause + the m ain clause
In cond itio n al II sentences, we use:
If we sent the mailshot this week, it would arrive next week. (= cond itio n al II)
If we didn't send the mailshot this week it wouldn't arrive in time. (= cond itio n al II negative;
here we ca n't use unless)
C Uses
A cond itio n al II sentence shows a rem ote possibility:
If Ahmed left now, he would be back in Glenvale before lunch. (We don’t know A hm ed’s plans, but
there is only a remote [sm all] possibility th a t he w ill leave now.)
Now look at these co nditional II sentences:

If we lost that contract, we would be in a terrible mess.
What would you do if you took over as the boss?
I wouldn't employ someone if they didn't do the work properly.
Note
In cond itio n al I we see the event o r action as a real possibility, in co nd itio n al II
we see the event or action as a remote possibility:
If we increase our prices, our profits will rise, [a real possibility tha t we w ill increase o u r prices)
If we increased our prices, our profits would rise. (remote possibility tha t we w ill increase our
prices)
TASKS
Exercise 1
Underline three conditional II sentences in the extract o f a report below. Label the if clauses [1C]
and the main clauses [MC] in the three conditional II sentences.
I f we sell Mago in Asia i t will help to establish our brand name. But i f we se t up our own
d istribu tio n network it would cost too much. Unless we spent millions, we wouldn't make any
money. I f we use local people i t will be much cheaper. I f Mago does well in Asia, then we'll
expand th e re in th e fu tu re . I f i t failed o f course, we'd be in trouble.
Exercise 2
Make conditional II sentences with these prompts.
1. the facto ry/b urn d ow n//the insurance/pay

If the factory burned down the insurance would pay.
2. som e on e /ste a l/th e p la n s//it/b e /a to ta l d isaster
3. s a le s /c o lla p s e //p e o p le /lo se /th e ir jobs
-4. the p la n e /c ra sh //w e /m iss/th e m eeting
5. M ary/be/happy//Fred/resign
6. w e /in crea se /th e R&D budget to $50 0 m //w e/b e /th e m a rke t leader
Exercise 3
Two colleagues are on a business trip. They are discussing travelling for work. Complete each
sentence by adding a clause from the box.
I would get a different jo b if we didn't go firs t class If we spent less on hotels

w e ’d save money I would like travelling My company w ouldn't use this hotel
1. If we didn't stay in expensive hotels w e'd save m oney.

2 . _____________ the company would pay more tax.
3. Travelling would be harder w o rk ______________________

U . ______________ if I didn't have to wait fo r hours in airports.
5. If I didn't like the tra v e llin g _______________

6 . _____________ unless it was really good.
Transfer
Think o f some remote possibility events in yo u r work o r personal life. Write five conditional II
sentences.
51
UNIT Tense Review 1
See also
Units 1 to 25 All tense forms
FUTURE
I am going to finish the
project next month,
i am leaving Germany at
the end of the year.
But I will be back.
1968 200_ NOW
If I earned a lot of money, If I earn enough money,

I would start my own business. I will retire soon.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Match the question on the le ft to the correct answ er on the right. Then p ut brackets round the part
o f any answ er that could be le ft out in a sh ort answer. The firs t one has been done fo r you.
1. Where do you live ? ------- -------------- -— v a. U nderstanding in m eetings w ill be easier.
2. Where are you staying at the m om ent? \ b. I’d go to the USA.

3. W hat are you w orking on these days? c. I w o rk fo r Ford (UK).
4. Where do you w ork? / d. I'm staying w ith a colleague in London.

5. When did you sta rt yo ur present job? / e. I’m going to A ustra lia w ith my sister.
6. How long have you been doing that? / f. I’m preparing a cu sto m e r survey.
7. What are you doing th is evening? \ -g - (I live) near Liverpool.
8. What are you going to do next sum m er? h. I’ve been doing it fo r about two weeks.
9. If you had a com pletely free choice, i. I’m m eeting a friend in a bar.
w here w ould you w ork?
j- I began in January this year.
10. If you learn English perfectly,
how w ill it help you most?
Exercise 2
Imagine you are interviewing someone fo ra job. You have to complete the following personal
details form. What questions would you ask? Begin with the given word on the right.
Personal Details Questions

Name: 1. What...
Address: 2. Where...
Date of birth: 3. When ...
Present position/occupation: U. Where ...
Length of service: 5. How long ...
Previous position: 6. Before that,...
Current projectlsl 7. At the moment...
Future intentions/ambitions: 8. In the future, what...
Transfer
Write a paragraph about yo urself with s im ila r inform ation to the personal details above. Include
answers to the following questions.
If you go on holiday next year, where w ill you go?

If you started your own business, w hat kind of business w ould it be?
UNIT Tense Review 2
See also
Units 1 to 25 A ll tense forms
PAST PRESENT FUTURE

When did you start the Where does the company buy from? We are going to recruit
company? It buys from all over the Far East. new sales personnel.
We started in 1996. Where do you manufacture? I am interviewing
Where did you open your We assemble our products in Taiwan. candidates next week.
first factory? At the moment the company We will be more successful
We opened the first one is expanding. in the future.
in Bolton. At present we are looking for new
production sites.
We have been market leaders

for five years.
1had investigated three sites
The company has been
before we chose Bolton. producing toys since 200_.
_ . r . . ...........
1996 200_ NOW
If another toy company was for sale, If we invest in new markets,

I would buy it. our sales will increase.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Read the following dialogue between a jo u rn a list and Sydney J. Clement, Vice-President ofA xoil
Inc, an American oil company Write the sentence num bers in the correct box below.
. . . Question
p re s e n t
past
__ _____________ _..
fu tu re
Journalist: W hat level of tu rn o ve r does Axoil have? (1)

Sydney: Next year o u r tu rn o ve r w ill be $870m. (2) It’s increasing by 5% every year. (3)
Journalist: So when did the com pany sta rt trading in oil? (4)
Sydney: We started in Arizona in 1935. (5)
Journalist: Were you only looking fo r o il in those days? (6)
Sydney: Well, no, we w e re n ’t only looking fo r it. (7) We’ve been processing o il since
1935. (8) Now w e ’re w orking in a ll five continents of the w orld. (9) In the next
ten years w e ’re going to develop interests in the autom otive sector. (10)
Journalist: If tha t goes w e ll, w ill you continue to grow? (11)
Sydney: I don’t see any problem about that. (12) We’ll never stand s till. (13)
Exercise 2
Use the inform ation below to complete sentences about Ardanza Pascual, a Spanish foods
manufacturer. Use the given prompts.
ARDANZA PASCUAL S.A., La Rioja, Spain. exports a ll

over Europe
began new factory
Juan Ardanza to export in Poland
Ardanza Quesos
Logrono,Spain in Spain buy into USA
r ~
10%
merged with m arket share planning
a competitor, in Spain 20 new
Pascual Eriz expanding products
by 5% p.a.
1946 1959 1965 1980 NOW 2020

(future)
In 1946 Juan Ardanza started Ardanza Quesos in Logrono.

In 1959 Ardanza Queeoe m erged with Pascual Eriz.
The two com panies__________ competitors.

In 1965 Ardanza P ascual_________________________________
Between 1965 and 1980 the com pany______________________
Since 1980 the com pany_________________________________
Now the com pany_______________________________________
The com pany__________ the US market.
In 2020 i t _______________________________________________
Transfer
Write one o r two paragraphs about the history and the present and future activities o f a company
you know well.
UNIT Infinitive + To
28
See also
Unit 30 Infinitive + to or verb ...ing
A Sample sentences
• I would like to have a career in hotel m anagem ent.
• The company agreed to lease the building for 20 years.
• It is im portant to listen to employees.
B Form
The infinitive + to is a form of the verb. It is two words:
to + infinitive, e.g. to help, to produce, to negotiate, etc.
C Uses
We use th is infinitive fo rm :
— a fte r som e verbs
— a fte r som e adjectives.
1. W ith verbs:
They w ant to reduce costs.
The firm plans to spend £600 m illion on a new processing plant.
We hope to advance in the m arket by providing a b e tte r service than our rivals.
Note
We usually lin k two verbs in th is way, but see also Unit 29.
We use an infinitive + to a fte r these verbs:
plan want intend agree decide wish

prom ise refuse expect arrange hope
2. A fte r som e adjectives:

I am pleased to m eet you.
We w ill be glad to do business with them .
I was sorry to hear about your accident.
It is dangerous to drive and use a mobile phone at the same tim e.
Note
We often lin k an adjective and a verb in th is way, but see also Unit 29.
We use an infinitive + to a fte r these adjectives:
glad happy pleased sad sorry im portant

difficult easy possible necessary convenient
TASKS
Exercise 1
Underline the infinitives + to in the following extract from a letter.
I was pleased to ta lk to you on th e telephone la s t n ight. W e w ill be glad to
see you in W ashington n e x t m onth, b u t I am s o rry to hear th a t Sam is not
coming. T ell him, o f course, we'd like to m eet him a n o th e r tim e...
Exercise 2
Match the phrases on the le ft with a suitable infinitive + to on the right.
1. I was s o rry ... to do w e ll next year.
2. It w ill be good ... to spend m ore on advertising next year.
3. We plan ... to see you again.
4. We always w a n t... to hear tha t John was not w e ll.
5. We e x p e c t... to give a good service.
Exercise 3
Here is p a rt o f a speech to the Annual General Meeting o f the B ram w ell Group, by the Chairman,
William Foss. He is leaving the company a fte r 20 years. F ill the spaces with the infinitive + to. Use
the verbs in the box.
know thank follow see play leave have come
“Friends, I am p leased__________ the opportunity to speak

again a t our Annual General Meeting. I am g la d __________ so
many old friends. It is d iffic u lt__________ what to say a fte r 20
years as Chairman o f the Group. I w ill be s a d __________ the
company a fte r so long. The good news is that I p la n __________
more g o lf next year! B ut also, I h o p e __________ to the AGM
next year. I expect it w ill be d ifficult n o t__________ the news
about the company Now, o f course, I would lik e __________ the
many people who have helped me in 20 years . . ."
Transfer
What do you think? Complete the following with an infinitive + to.
I am always glad ...

I e x p e c t...
I am always sad ...
It is never easy ...
It is necessary ...
57
UNIT V erb...ing
See also
Unit 30 Infinitive + to o r verb .. .ing
A Sample sentences
• The company will start producing the screens next year.
• Please stop sending me unwanted emails.
• 60% of employees say they are interested in receiving more information and training.
• The firm interviews several candidates before making a decision.
B Form
Verb .. .ing is a form of the verb w ith one part:
infinitive + ing, e.g. living, working, helping, producing, etc.
You can see th is form in:

— continuous verb fo rm s e.g. I am /w as/have been going, (see Units 3, 4, 5, 14- and 16)
— noun fo rm s e.g. we are interested in expanding.
C Uses
We use the verb .. .ing form :
— a fte r som e verbs
— a fte r prepositions.
1. W ith verbs:
They enjoyed working with each other.
The company announced that it will stop selling the drug next year.
He suggests advertising in a local newspaper.
Note
We so m e tim e s lin k two verbs in th is way, but see also Unit 28.
We usually use a verb .. .ing a fte r these verbs:
avoid enjoy stop finish suggest regret
2. A fte r prepositions:
He is interested in negotiating a deal, [not: in negotiate)
I look forward to meeting you. [not: to m eet, because to here is a preposition)
Before hiring any specialist, a check on background and experience is necessary.
[not: before to produce)
Note
We always use verb .. .ing a fte r a preposition.
TASKS
Exercise 1
In the emait betow , underline fou r examples o f the verb ... ing used a fte r a verb o r a preposition.
Date: 112.1.2010_________________________
From: I [email protected]
Subject: Shello sales campaign
Dear George
We are planning a meeting next week. We are interested in hearing colleagues' views on the sales campaign
for the Shello range. Before attending the meeting, please read the interim report, Shello Advertising SA/JD
3421JD. I suggest inviting the marketing group to attend the meeting, but we should avoid having long
discussions about individual markets.
Regards
Sophie Allen
Exercise 2
Look at these sentences from five different tetters. Complete the spaces with appropriate verb
. . . ing forms.
1- Before to the meeting, please read the attached report
Thank you for the Oakham 50 Printer. On the box,

please make sure all the contents are complete.
3. If you are interested in more, please contact us on 0800 600600.
We hope you enjoyed us. Please come again!
Don’t stop about quality!
Exercise 3
Ben Massey is asking fo r advice from a colleague. Complete the spaces with the verb ... ing form.
Choose from the verbs in the box.
know m eet take talk learn sign
Ben: Claude, listen. B e fo re __________ a decision on the Combo advertising, I would

a p p re c ia te __________ yo ur views on the agency we are w o rkin g w ith, Kinetics.
Claude: Well, a v o id __________ the co ntract th is week. Tell the m w e ’re interested in
m ore about th e ir plans.
Ben: Good. Thanks. I’ll te ll them w e ’re looking forw ard t o _______ them again soon
to discuss things in m ore detail.
Claude: Yes. And ask the m to s to p __________ about television advertising. We said it was
too expensive.
Transfer
Write sentences about yo urself o r yo ur work with verb . ..ing form s a fte r the following words:
interested in, before, after, regret, suggest, avoid, stop.
59
UNIT Infinitive + To or Verb .. .ing
30 See also
Unit 28
Unit 29
Infinitive + to
V e rb ...ing
A Sample sentences
• Do you like working at the hotel?
• Do you like to w o rk on new projects?
• We w ill continue to introduce new products.
• We w ill continue introducing new products.
B Form
A fte r som e verbs we can use:
Verb .. .ing o r infinitive + to e.g.: I have started writing my report.
I have started to w rite m y report.
C Uses
S om etim es the m eaning is the sam e; so m e tim e s it is different.
1. The sam e meaning
We can use both fo rm s a fte r these verbs:
begin start continue intend prefer
A: I p refer paying cash.

B: I p refer to pay cash.
2. A d iffe re n t m eaning
We can use both fo rm s a fte r these verbs, but w ith a d iffe re n t meaning:
remember forget try tike
Please rem em ber to lock the gate. (Don’t forget.)

I rem em b er locking the gate. (I locked it and I re m e m b e r it.)
We like spending tim e here. (We enjoy it.)
We like to follow up and m ake sure our staff are achieving high standards.
(It is a good thing to do.)
Note
We would like to launch our new range in the autum n, [not: we would like launchi
TASKS
Exercise 1
Choose the correct alternative to complete the sentences below. In two cases, both are possible.
1. We continue to prom ote/prom oting the use of recycled m a te ria ls in o u r factory.
2. Would you like seeing/to see o u r latest products?
3. I tried to phone/phoning you yesterday.
4. Our Overseas D irecto r intends to visit/visiting a ll o u r su bsidia ries th is year.
5. I re m e m b e r m eeting/to m eet you in M adrid last year.
Exercise 2
Read the sentences given here. Then choose which meaning is the correct one.
1. I like d rin kin g coffee.

a. I w ant to d rin k som e coffee.
b. Coffee is w hat I like to drink.
c. This coffee is very good.
2. I forgot to telephone M r Jam es.

a. I do not re m e m b e r ca llin g him.
b. I did not c a ll him.
c. I do not w ant to ca ll him.
3. Try ca lling him in the evening.

a. If you ca ll in the evening, it is possible tha t you w ill reach him.
b. Only ca ll him in the evening.
c. It is d iffic u lt to ca ll him but you should make the effort.
Exercise 3
H arry Cox is a purchaser fo ra B ritish manufacturer. Here is p a rt o f an em ail he wrote to a friend
while sitting in a bar near the Colosseum in Rome. Complete the spaces with the correct form o f a
verb from the box.
bring arrive hear do go come see check
@ 0@
— ............... ■ .......... ............ ........................- .........................— .......................... *
' O [X
I'm on a tour of our European suppliers as I'm

responsible fo r_______ quality control.
I had intended_______ ail our suppliers but it's
impossible_______ that in only one week.
I'm in Rome at the moment. I remember_______
in Rome last year. I had forgotten_______
the address of our supplier. I found the number
in the telephone book. I love_______ here.
I enjoy_______ the language. Tomorrow I'm
in Spain. I like_______ there too. We have an
excellent supplier in Tarragona.
Transfer
Make sentences about a colleague or about yo urself using the following verbs:
start, Love, intend, hate, try, remember.
UNIT Do
31
See also
Units 7,8 Present simple negative and question
Unit 10 Positive and negative imperatives
Units 12,13 Past simple negative and question
Unit 46 Make vs. do
Unit 52 Negative statements
A Sample sentences
A: Does M r Zim m erm an w ork for your company?
B: No, M r Zim m erm an doesn't w ork here any longer.
A: W hy did he leave?
B: He didn’t fit into our corporate culture.
B Form
The a uxilia ry do has two m ain tenses:
the present and the past. (See also Unit 46 fo r the fu ll verb do.)
We use the auxilia ry to form questions and negatives in the present sim ple and past sim ple:
W here do you work?
W hen did you join the company?
He doesn't w o rk here.
He didn't like the atm osphere.
The fo rm s of the auxiliary do are:
uestfon form tive form
do l/we/you/they? l/we/you/they do not don't
do the sections? the sections do not don't
does he/she/it? he/she/it does not doesn’t
does the boss? the boss does not doesn’t
Past simple
uestion form ive form
did l/we/you/they? l/we/you/they did not didn't
did the sections? the sections did not didn't
did he/she/it? he/she/it did not didn’t
did the boss? the boss did not didn’t
C Uses
We use the auxilia ry do in:
1 - present sim ple questions:
W here do you live?
2. present sim ple negatives:
The company doesn't announce products until they're actually at the dealers.
3. past sim ple questions:
W hen did you join the fam ily business?
4. past sim ple negatives:
We didn't get financial help.
5. negative im peratives:
Please don't mention this to Fred.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Choose the correct alternative in the sentences below.
1. Do he/Does he come here often?
2. Does he w ork/w orks here?
3. Works she/Does she work fo r your company?
4. Did they came/come fro m Osaka yesterday?
5. He don’t/doesn’t like flying so he did come/came by train.
6. We don't/didn't sign the co ntra ct yesterday.
7. Please don’t speak/not speak so fast.
Exercise 2
1. Make the following sentences negative.
a. He likes his job.
b. We s e ll co m p u te r softw are.
c. He w o rks fo r RYG.
2. Make the following sentences into questions.

a. He lives in the city centre.
b. She speaks Arabic.
c. You liked C alifornia.
3. Put these sentences into the past simple.

a. Jo goes to Oslo every week.
b. He doesn’t like the hotel.
c. I don’t understand.
Exercise 3
Write appropriate questions and answers for the prom pts below.
1. - - ------ fly here yesterday? 3. ..............your company m ake computers?
N o ,___________I cam e by train. Yes,___ ______ _
2. __________ you export to the USA? 4 . ___________spend a lot on R&D?
N o ___________a Yes,
Transfer
Ask a friend three questions using do or did. Write four sentences about yourself using don't or
didn't. Tell a friend not to do something.
UNIT W ill and Would
32
See also
Unit 23 The future with will vs. going to vs. present continuous
Units 24, 25 Conditionals I and II
A Sample sentences
A: Would you help me, please?
B: Yes, certainly.
A: W ill you fill in this form and return it to us as soon as possible?
B: Of course.
B Form
W ill and would are m odal verbs.
Would is the past tense form of w ill.
A fte r w ill and would, we use the infinitive w ith o u t to:
We w ill send the goods im m ediately, [not: we w ill to send)
Would you sit down, please, {not: would you to sit down)
The positive s h o rt fo rm s are:
Iru h e 'll/s h e 'll/it'll we’ll/you'll/they'U the company’ll

L he’d/she'd/it'd we'd/you’d/they’d the partners’d
W e’ll look at your application and call you back.
The negative sh o rt fo rm s are: won’t (= w ill not) and wouldn’t (= would not)
The o rder w on’t be ready before Friday.
C Uses
We use w ill and would:
1 . to ta lk about the future:

Forecasters say profits w ill fa ll by 10% this year. (See Units 21-23 on the future.)
2. to express conditions:
If the plan wins approval, we w ill begin building next year.
If high unem ployment occurred, wages would fall. (See Units 24-25 on the conditionals.)
3. to express w illin g n e ss and m ake offers:

A: I'll pick you up at your hotel at half past seven. (I o ffe r to pick you up.)
B: OK, I'll be ready. And the contract? (I am w illin g to be ready.)
A: More discussion, I’m afraid. They w ouldn’t accept our term s. (They w ere not w illin g to.)
4. in requests fo r action o r in form a tion :

W ill you sign these papers, please? (I request you to sign.)
Would you ask Dino to call me, please? (would is m ore polite than will)
TASKS
Exercise 1
Read the following sentences. Say if they are examples o f the future IF], conditions [C], offers or
willingness 10] o r requests IR].
1. W ill you send me m ore details?

2. If I'm interested I'll ca ll tom orrow .
3. I’ll post you o u r price list.
A. Jo h n ’ll visit you early next week.
5. The co ntract w ill be ready in March.
6 . I’ll meet you at the a irp ort.
7. Would you reduce the price if I ordered 20?
8 . W ill you help w ith these figures, please?
Exercise 2
Complete the following negotiation between a buyer and a supplier. Use appropriate positive or
negative form s o f w ill or would. Use short forms, where possible.
Tom: I __________ like to discuss o u r situation.

Bill: If I can, I __________ help you. If it ’s a s m a ll problem , w e ___________ agree.
Tom: ______ ____ you give me a bigger discount?
Bill: Sorry, Tom, I __________ drop the price any more. W e ___________ lose money.
Tom: No, y o u ___________If you s e ll more, y o u ___________ m ake a bigger profit.
Exercise 3
A custom er phones the A fte r Sales Departm ent ofAXK Ltd with a problem. Choose the correct line
from the box to complete the dialogue.
a. I'm not sure if tha t w ill be possible. W ill you hold on please?
b. Okay. We’ll so rt it out.
c. Right, I’ll ask an e ngineer to visit you.
d. Okay. If you use the em ergency sw itch on the back, the lig h t w ill come on.
e. Hello again. Som eone’ll be there at 2 p.m. tom orrow .
f. W ill you give me your address, please?
AX: Hello, A fte r Sales D epartm ent.

PC: Hello. P eter Cord fro m Leeds, here. I’d like som e help w ith an AX20. The power isn ’t
w orking.
A X : __________
PC: No, it w o n ’t. T here’s no power.
AX: ______ ____
PC: W ill you send som eone today?
AX: __________
PC: Certainly.
AX: __________
PC: Okay, thank you.
AX: __________
PC: Yes, it's Beta Foods Ltd, 350 Otley Road, Leeds.
AX: __________
PC: Thank you. Goodbye.
Transfer
Write sentences which include a form of w ill o r w o u ld and which are:
an offer to help, a request, a conditional, a reference to the future.
UNIT May and Might
33
See also
Unit 34 Can and could
Unit 36 Mustn’t, needn’t, don't have to and haven't got to
Sam ple sentences

A: May I ask a question?
B: Of course you may. Go ahead.
A: The new softw are might not w ork. W hat w ill we do then?
B: Don’t w orry, Sarah. The engineers can’t leave until the whole system is operating.
B Form
May and might are m odal verbs.
Might is the past tense form of may.
A fte r may and might, we use the infinitive w ith o u t to:
We may send the goods im m ediately, [not: we may to send)
When might you be in Paris? [not: m ight you to be)
We use may and might a fte r a ll subjects; they do not change.

There are no positive sh o rt fo rm s of may and might.
The s h o rt fo rm of might not is mightn't:
I’m w o rried . They m ightn’t deliver the goods on tim e.
C Uses
We use may and might to ta lk about:
1- possibility and im possibility:

A: How are plans for the new project going?
B: Not too w ell. We may not have the technology to do it.
A: That’s a pity. Then we might need to postpone it for a while.
B: Yes, w e might.
2. perm ission and prohibition:
May/might I ask a question? You may smoke here. You may not smoke here.
Yes, of course you may.
(See also can’t in Unit 34 and mustn't in Unit 36.)
Notes
In C1, may is a s tro n g e r possibility than might.

In C2, we may use may I o r might I to ask fo r perm ission; might I is m ore polite.
In C2, we n o rm a lly use may ra th e r than might to express perm ission and prohibition.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Correct any mistakes in the following dialogue.
A: May I ask you som ething?

B: Of course you m ight.
A: May I deliver the report next week?
B: You m ayn’t. The m eeting is tom orrow .
A: Well, I m ight to arrive late.
Exercise 2
Read the sentences below. Write may (not), m ight (not) o r m ay/m ight (not) on the right,
depending on the meaning o f each sentence.
1. It is possible that the goods w on't arrive. -----------------

2. Please can I help you? ------------------
3. You can't smoke here. ------------------
U. Its possible that w e 'll have a drink in the bar. ------------------
5. It's possible that the lift is not working. ------------------
6. It is possible that the bank w ill help us. ------------------
Exercise 3
A nsw er the following questions with the prom pts below. The firs t is done fo r you.
1. How w ill you go to New York? 3. When are you going to finish the research?
I’ll probably fly, but I m ig h t go by tra in . I’ll probably fin ish it by Friday but
i t __________ ready by Thursday.
2. Can I fly firs t class? 4. May I sm oke outside?
No, you Yes, of course
Transfer
Write sentences about probability that affect you,
Example: I m ig h t go to London n e xt year.
I 67
I
UNIT Can and Could
See also
Unit 33 May and might
3 4 Unit 36Mustn't, needn't, don’t have to and haven't got to
A Sample sentences
A: Can I help you?
B: My name is Nancy Farm er. Could I speak to M r Kumar, please.
A: I'm sorry, but he’s not available at the m oment. Can he call you tom orrow?
B: No, he can’t reach me tom orrow , but he could call me on Friday.
B Form
Can and could are m odal verbs.
Could is the past tense form of can.
A fte r can and could, we use the infinitive w ith o u t to:
We can send the goods im m ediately, [not: we can to send)
Could you repeat your name, please? [not: could you to repeat)
We use can and could a fte r a ll subjects; they do not change.

There are no positive sh o rt fo rm s of can and could.
The negative sh o rt fo rm s are: can't (= can not) and couldn't (= could not)
I can't h ear you. Please speak up.
C Uses
We use can and could:
1- to ta lk about a bility and inability:

A: When can you deliver my washing machine?
B: I think w e could manage it before the end of the w eek.
2. to ta lk about possibility and im p o ssibility:

A: W hat can we do to speed up the process?
B: I don't know. But things couldn't be slower!
3. to ta lk about perm ission and prohibition:

A: If you've finished, you can leave.
B: But I haven't finished.
A: Then you can't leave.
(See also may/m ay not in Unit 33 and m ustn't in Unit 36.)
4. in requests fo r action:
A: Can/could you give the name and phone num ber of your sales m anager, please?
B: Of course. It's Fintan Mullane, and his num ber is 0576 345980.
Notes
In C1, could is a w eaker ability than can; in C2, can is a stro n g e r possibility than could.
Norm ally, we don’t use could fo r present perm ission.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Use phrases with can, can't, could and couldn't to replace the underlined words.
1. A: Is it possible fo r you to come at 3 o'clock?

B: It is possible, but U o 'clo ck would be better.
2. A: Her appointm ent is today.
B: Yes, but she phoned yesterday to say she w as not able to come.
3. A: When you saw the figures, did you understand them ?
B: No, I d id n 't.
U. A: Do you know how to speak German?
B: No, I don't.
Exercise 2
Look at the pictures below. Choose the sentence from a -c which matches each picture.
1. a. We can’t have a pay rise. 3. a. We can see a big increase in sales here.
b. We could have a pay rise. b. C ouldn’t we increase o u r advertising a little ?
c. We can d efinitely have a pay rise. c. I can’t see any im provem ent here.
2. a. We could a ll lose o u r jobs. a. Can you explain these results?

b. Can we build a bigger factory? b. We can s e ll everything.
c. We can pay the w o rke rs more. c. You can have a pay rise.
Exercise 3
Complete the sentences below using can, can't, could and couldn't.
1. help you?’ ‘Yes, I need som e advice.’
2. come in?’ 'Of co urse.’
3. Sorry; ------ _____ u nd e rstan d .’
U. The plane _________ take off. ‘It was too foggy.’
5. My c a r has broken down. I __________ be very la te .’
Transfer
Make sentences which express ability/inability, possibility/im possibility, perm ission/prohibition,
and requests for action. Use form s o f can and could.
69
UNIT Must, Have To and Have Got To
35
See also
Unit 36 Mustn't, needn’t, don’t have to and haven’t got to
Unit 37 Should and ought to
A Sample sentences
We must receive your comments on or before May 4th.
In many European countries, men have to com plete a period of m ilitary service; they’ve got
to do at least a year.
Last year China had to increase wheat imports because of a sharp drop in domestic production.
B Form
Must is a m odal verb; a fte r must we use the infinitive w ith o u t to:
We must raise extra capital. (not: we m ust to raise)
Have to is a present tense fo rm ; have got to is a present perfect tense form .
Had to is the past tense form of have to; we also use it as the past tense of must and have got to:
Last y ea r a ll drivers first had to report to reception; now we have (got) to d eliver the goods
straight to the w arehouse.
We use must a fte r a ll subjects; it does not change. There is no sh o rt form of must.
Here are the fo rm s of have (got) to:
Positive Question
Subject Verb Verb Subject Verb
i/you/we they have (got) to do l/you/we/they have to?
he/she/it has (got) to does he/she/it have to?
the company has (got) to does the company have to?
the directors have (got) to do the directors have to?
Past
Positive Question
Subject Ver b Verb H I ect Verb
l/you/we they had to did l/you/we/they have to?
he/she/it had to did he/she/it have to?
the company had to did the company have to?
the directors had to did the directors have to?
The question fo rm s of have got to are: have l/you/w e/they got to . . has h e /sh e /it got to.
There is no sh o rt form of have to.
The s h o rt fo rm s of have got to are: I've/you ve /w e've/they've got to, h e's/she’s /it's got to.
C Uses
We use must and have (got) to:
1. to ta lk about obligations - w hat you m ust do:
A: We must do something. The situation is critical.
B: I know. There has to be a sim ple solution.
A: W hat did we do last time?
B: We had to go to the bank and explain the situation.
A: And then we had to pay back the money?
B: Then w e ’ve got to do the same now.
A: And how soon did we have to repay the loan?
B: We had to repay it w ithin six months.
2. to express certainty:
The new governm ent w ants to introduce reform . So change must soon be on its way.
(= It is certain that there w ill soon be change.)
TASKS
Exercise 1
Read the following dialogue. Then m ark the sentences 1-6 below true (Tj o r false IF}.
Sue: I’ve got to go to a m eeting. I m ust telephone John before I go. You have to stay here.
Bill: Okay. Wait! You’ve got to take the report w ith you.
Sue: Why? Have I got to present it in the m eeting?
Bill: No, but Fred w ants it today. He said he m ust have it.
1. It is not necessary fo r Sue to go to the m eeting. □

2. She has to telephone John. □
3. B ill has to go to the m eeting. □
U. It is not necessary fo r Sue to take the report. □
5. She m ust present the re p ort in the m eeting. □
6. Fred th in k s it is not necessary fo r him to have the report. □
Exercise 2
Correct the mistakes in the following sentences.
1. We got to pay m ore tax th is year.

2. We have not to spend too m uch on special prom otions.
3. Last year we have to advertise a lot on television.
4. Our co m p etito rs are in trouble. They had got to reduce th e ir prices.
5. We m ust to plan o u r m a rke tin g carefully.
Exercise 3
Complete the sentences fo r the following pictures. Use must, have to or have got to.
'I’ve no money. I’l l _________ borrow 'There's only one problem . We

some from the bank.' pay the m oney back.'
Transfer
Make sentences about obligations fo r yourself, yo ur friends, o ra company you know.
71
UNIT Mustn't, Needn't, Don't Have To
and Haven't Got To
See also
Unit 35 Must, have to and have got to
Unit 37 Should and ought to
A Sample sentences
• You m ustn’t remove anything from the property.
• Thanks to mp3 players you needn’t be at home to listen to your favourite music.
• It was Saturday and I didn’t have to go to w ork.
• The museum is free. You haven’t got to pay to get in.
B Form
Mustn't is the negative of the m odal verb must; a fte r mustn't we use the infinitive w ith o u t to:
You m ustn't touch these chemicals, [not: you m u s tn ’t to touch)
Needn't is also a negative m odal verb. A fte r needn't, we also use the infinitive w ith o u t to:
You needn't pay this bill before the end of next month.
Don't have to is a present tense fo rm ; haven’t got to is a present perfect tense form .
R em em ber to use:
— doesn't have to a fte r he/she/it or a s in g u la r noun
— hasn't got to a fte r he/she/it o r a sin g u la r noun.
We don't have to w o rk harder; we just have to w o rk sm arter.
The company hasn't got to grow; it's just got to become more profitable.
C Uses
We use these verbs in ta lk about w hat is prohibited and w hat is not necessary.
1. Prohibited:
You mustn’t enter this building. You mustn’t park your car here.
(See also may not in U nit 33 and can’t in U nit 34.)
2. Not necessary:
You needn't do anything at all.
(It is not necessary tha t you do anything.)
You don't have to pay us now.

(It is not necessary tha t you pay us now.)
I'm glad we haven't got to go there.

(It is not necessary to go there.)
TASKS
Exercise 1
Make the sentences betow negative.
1. We have to design new products.

We don't have to design new products.
2. Companies m ust pay a m in im u m wage.

3. We need to m eet health and safety regulations.
4. Our co m p etito rs had to reduce th e ir prices.
5. We’ve got to advertise in national newspapers.
Exercise 2
Change the underlined words in the sentences below. Use the correct form o f the words in
brackets. Do not change the meaning.
1. It is not necessary tha t w e pay staff a m in im u m wage, (have to)

We don’t have to pay staff a m inim um wage.
2. You do not have to have a visa to go to Poland fro m Germany, (need)

3. You d on't need to pay by cash, (have got to)
4. We hadn't got to increase production, (need)
5. He hasn't got to learn a new softw are program , (have to)
Exercise 3
Nordic Business, a newspaper, wrote a report on a successful Danish company, Larssen S.A. Here
the Chairman o f the company, Bo Johannessen, writes a le tte r to the newspaper. Complete the
spaces with appropriate form s of have to, need, must.
Dear Sir,
You reported last w eek that Larssen
S.A. had a strong m arket position.
Then you said that the com pany
__________ think about its com petitors.
This is not true. W e __________ believe
that our m arket share is perm anent. We
__________ w orry about our job s today,
but we c e rta in ly cannot fo rg e t about
our com petitors. A year is a short
tim e in business.
Yours faithfully,
Bo Johannessen
Chairman Larssen S.A.
Transfer
Write three sentences about yo urself and three about where you work. Include mustn't, needn’t,
don't have to and haven't got to.
UNIT Should and Ought To
See also
Unit 35 Must, have to and have got to
A Sample sentences
• You should m eet him. He's a very interesting person.
• The company ought to spend some tim e and money doing m arket research.
• Inflation should slow fu rth e r next year.
• You shouldn't buy w hat you don't need.
B Form
Should is a m odal verb; a fte r should we use the infinitive w ith o u t to:
You should recycle a ll paper and glass, [not: you should to recycle a ll paper and glass)
The negative of should is shouldn't; the negative of ought to is oughtn’t to.

We use should, shouldn't, ought to and oughtn't to a fte r a ll subjects; they do not change.
There is no past tense form of should, shouldn’t, ought to or oughtn’t to.
C Uses
1. We use should I/w e to m ake suggestions:
A: Everybody is here now. So, should w e start the meeting? (I suggest th a t we start.)
B: And should I take the minutes? (I suggest tha t I take the m inutes.)
2. We use should and ought to to give advice:

Customers should leave a cash tip if they want the money to go to th e ir waiter. (It is our advice.)
They ought to use profits to expand th e ir business. (It is o u r advice.)
You shouldn’t use a headhunter; it is very expensive.
(It is o u r advice not to use a headhunter.)
3. We use should and ought to to express probability:

Rotarongan Airways are very reliable; the plane should be on tim e.
(It is probable tha t the plane w ill be on tim e.)
You ordered the goods last w eek. Then they should arrive tom orrow.
(It is probable tha t they w ill arrive tom orrow .)
Note
They must be home by now. (It is certain.)
They should be home by now. (It is probable.)
7k ; P re -In te rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r
TASKS
Exercise 1
Choose the correct alternative from the words in italics below.
A: Should we/ought we to have a m eeting?

B: We oughtn’t to/shouldn't have one today. We should/ought to w ait a few days.
A: Should/ought we?
Two colleagues are discussing high bank charges. Label each sentence as a suggestion (SI, advice
[Al or a probability IP].
J im : Should we discuss the problem w ith the bank?

A lic e : I d on't know. You ought to ta lk to Jerem y first.
J im : Well, the bank charges ought to come down next year.
A lic e : Maybe we should close the account.
J im : First, I th in k I ought to w rite to the bank.
Exercise 3
Use the prom pts below to make sentences using s h o u ld o r o u g h t to.
LOW PRICES!!
All VX and VXA range
1. (advicel see a doctor 3. [suggestion! cut our prices

You__________ see a doctor. W e __________ cut o ur prices.
2. I probability! arrive tom orrow

The t r u c k __________ arrive tom orrow . U. IprobabilityI inflation fall
In fla tio n __________ fa ll soon.
Transfer
Write sentences about yourself, your friends o ra company you know. Include some examples of
talking about probability, some suggestions and some advice.
Examples:
The com pany sh o u ld m ake a p ro fit again th is year.
The boss o u g h t to have a pay ris e .
' 75
UNIT Question Tags
38
See also
Units 1,2 Be
Unit 31 Do
Units 32,33, 34, 35, 36, 37 Modal verbs
A Sam ple sentences

• The tables are made of pine, aren't they?
• They m ake electric shavers, don't they?
• You w on't forget, w ill you?
• They can't both be right, can they?
B Form
A question tag has two parts:
m odal or auxilia ry + subject
We n o rm a lly form question tags w ith opposite polarity:
positive verb - negative tag

negative verb - positive tag
We are m eeting next w eek, aren't we?

positive verb negative tag
We a ren 't m eeting next w eek, are we?

negative verb positive tag
Look at the follow ing positive-negative p olarities:
can could will would shall must might is are has have
can’t couldn’t won’t wouldn’t shan’t mustn’t mightn't isn’t aren’t hasn’t haven’t
Look at the follow ing negative-positive polarities:
doesn’t don’t can't couldn’t won’t wouldn’t

does do can could w ill would
shan’t mustn’t mightn’t isn’t aren’t hasn’t haven’t

shall must might is are has have
If the verb doesn’t have an auxiliary or m odal, we use a form of the auxiliary do:
A: Prices increased last year, didn't they?

B: W ell, prices increase every year, don't they?
The tense of the tag is the sam e as the tense of the main verb.
The subject is n orm a lly a pronoun, i.e. I, you, he, she, it, we, they o r there:
T h e (^ o ^ w a s v e ry expensive, wasrVt^t?)
C Uses
A tag tu rn s a statem ent into a question.
We use tags when we w ant co nfirm ation o r agreem ent from the o th e r person
A: The project was cancelled, w asn’t it?

B: Yes, it was. It’s a shame isn’t it?
A: You haven’t forgotten, have you?
B: W ell, next tim e you can remind me, can't you?
A: You’ve done a lot of w ork, haven’t you?
B: Yes, the project should go smoothly shouldn’t it?
TASKS
Exercise 1
Match the statem ent on the le ft with the correct tag on the right.
1. Business is im portant, can they?

2. Businesses have to m ake a profit, haven't they?
3. P rofit creates jobs, m u s tn 't it?
4. People w ill always have new ideas, don’t they?
5. Most com panies have improved w o rkin g conditions, isn 't it?
6. Com panies haven’t always spent m uch on training, doesn’t it?
7. Businesses cannot forget th e ir custom ers, w o n ’t they?
8. G overnm ent m ust help businesses, have they?
Exercise 2
Passman pic is trying to buy a competitor, BKD Ltd. A D irector o f Passman pic is leaving a
meeting. Journalists want to talk to him. Write tags and short answers for the text below.
1. The com pany has agreed to buy BKD Ltd, h a s n 't it? No, it h a sn 't.
2. You can’t te ll us the price of B K D ,__________ ? No, I _______
3. You’re going to London n o w ,__________ ? Yes, I ______
4. There w ill be a no the r m eeting in the m o rn in g ,____ Yes, there
5. So discussions are s till c o n tin u in g ,__________ ? Yes______
6. But you haven’t agreed a p ric e ,__________ ? Not yet. Goodbye.
Exercise 3
Complete this conversation in a hotel bar.
A: T h is __________ a good h o te l,___________ ?

B: Yes, it ’s fi ne. Y ou___________stayed here before,
A: No, this is my firs t tim e.
B: It’s 8 o’clock. W e _____________ have d in n e r,___
A: Yes, I’m hungry. Oh dear! I d id n ’t book a table.
B: W e __________ need t o , ___________ ?
A: I don’t know. We’ll find o u t,__________ ?
Transfer
Write a conversation with a friend. Use ten different tags.
77
UNIT Active
39
See also
Unit 40 Passive
A Sample sentences
• We are discussing the term s of the agreem ent.
• M r Uno accepted the job.
• They compete a ll over the w orld.
• Profits have steadily increased.
B Form
Every active sentence has at least two parts:
a subject + an active verb form
We n o rm a lly put the subject in fro n t of the verb:
The Finance Director travels to Am erica every year.
subject + verb
The active verb is transitive o r intransitive.

A fte r a tra nsitive verb we put a direct object.
P eter took the minutes at the last meeting.
The participants made three decisions,
They w ill change the forecasts.
subject + tra nsitive verb direct object
A fte r an in transitive verb we can’t put a d irect object. But we can put a phrase w ith an adverb or
preposition.
Sales are increasing.

su bject + in transitive verb
Sales are increasing rapidly.
subject + in transitive verb adverb
Sales are increasing in C entral Europe.
subject + intransitive verb p re positional phrase
(For m ore in form ation on adverbs and prepositions, see Units 65, 67-70 and 81-84.
We use the active verb form in speech and w ritin g to describe actions and events. In general, the
active fo rm is m ore personal than the passive. (See Unit 40.)
Look at the follow ing sentences w ith active tra nsitive verbs:
A: When did you m eet him?

B: I m et him three years ago.
A: And when are you going to see him again?
B: I'll see him next w eekpI think.
Now look at the follow ing sentences w ith active intransitive verbs:
A: Russ, when are you going to retire?

B: I'll retire next year, I think. We are moving to a new house at the beginning of the year.
A: And are you moving out of town?
B: No, my w ife is s till w orking.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Make sentences out o f the words below.
1. ye ste rd a y/le ft/M r M ille r/th e office

M r M ille r le ft th e o ffic e yesterday.
2. last n ig h t/fle w /h e /to M iam i

3. w ith h im /to o k/h e /h is laptop
4. he/to fin ish /o n the p la ne /w a nte d/th e re p o rt/w ritin g
5. in M iam i/to Head O ffice /w ill give/he/it
Exercise 2
Match a transitive verb in the firs t box with a typical direct object from the box below.
rent accept appoint design investigate w rite borrow pay quote

a price a problem money an invoice a car an offer a secretary a new product a le tte r
Exercise 3
Complete the following sentences with a verb from the box.
improved recovered risen reduced fell
1. Our prices have_________ this year.
2. Last year o u r s a le s ______
3. We__________ our prices.
4. We have also o ur products. 2.
5. Our sales have
4.
Mobile Phone of the
Year Awards
20 08
“Poor performance”
I r
Transfer
Write sim ple sentences about a local employer. Use the verbs in the box.
make employ s e ll export train make a p ro fit go bankrupt
Example:
A fa c to ry in m y to w n m a ke s s p o rts e q u ip m e n t.
79
UNIT Passive
40
See also
Units 1, 2 Be
Unit 39 Active
Business File 6 irregular verb table
A Sample sentences
• Any rem aining money is distributed to shareholders.
• Kwan's w ork has been accepted for publication.
• This issue was discussed in Chapter 6.
• The contract w ill be signed at the end of the year.
B Form
The passive verb fo rm has two parts:
to be + past participle
Prices are increased each year.
to be + past participle
subject passive verb
We can only make passive verb fo rm s fro m tra nsitive verbs. (See Unit 39.)
Look at the follow ing passive verb form s:
Simple Continuous
Present the design is chosen the design is being chosen
the designs are chosen the designs are being chosen
to be (present) + past participle to be (present) + being + past participle
Past the design was chosen the design was being chosen
the designs w ere chosen the designs w ere being chosen
to be (past) + past participle to be (past) + being + past participle
Present perfect the design has been chosen
the designs have been chosen
to be (present perfect) + past participle
Past perfect the design had been chosen
the designs had been chosen
to be (past perfect) + past participle
Infinitive (to) be chosen (to) be being chosen
(to) be + past participle (to) be + being + past participle
We use a phrase w ith the preposition by to indicate the doer.

These figures have been checked by our accountant.
subject + passive verb + preposition + doer
C Uses
Look at the use of passive verbs and the preposition by in the follow ing m in i-dialo g ue :
A: Has the trip to the US been arranged yet?

B: Yes, it was arranged by our office in Florida.
A: And are a ll the details given in an em ail?
B: Yes. On your a rriv a l in Orlando you w ill be met by one of our representatives.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Make passive sentences from these words. Write sentences in the present simple, the past simple
and the future with w ill.
S ta ff are o rg an ise d in p ro je c t team s.
S ta ff w e re o rg an ise d in p ro je c t tea m s.
S ta ff w ill be o rg an ise d in p ro je c t tea m s.
Staff invest a company newsletter.

New products organise in our laboratories.
Customers base on in new projects.
Company policy test in project teams.
Profits send quality.
Exercise 2
Use the passive to describe the process shown here. Use the prom pts given.
2. the inform ation/send/to the warehouse U. they/deliver/to shops
Exercise 3
Tim Hall, an airline manager, is talking about what happens before a plane takes o ff Complete the
spaces with passives.
There are many im p o rta n t activities before take-off. The fu e l ta n k s __________ (fill)
and the a irc ra ft s y s te m s __________ (check). F o o d ___________ (bring) on board. A ll the
baggage (load) in the hold. The captain and the c o -p ilo t _ _________ (inform )
of runw ay conditions and o th e r details about take-off. When everything is alm o st ready
p a s s e n g e rs__________ (invite) to board the plane.
Transfer
Describe any process you know. How is bread made? How is tea made? How is a car made?
81
UNIT Active vs. Passive
41
See also
Unit 39 Active
Unit 40 Passive
A Sample sentences
A: How often do you upgrade your com puter system?
B: Our system is upgraded every year.
A: And when are you going to do the next upgrade?
B: The next upgrade w ill be carried out by our IT consultant in October.
B Form
For the active verb form , see Unit 39; fo r the passive verb form , see Unit 40.
Now look at the relationship between the active and the passive sentences below:
The company closed the plant last year, (active sentence)

subject + active verb + direct object
The plant was closed by the company last year, (passive sentence)
subject + passive verb + preposition + doer
The verb close is transitive. (See Unit 39.)
C Uses
We use the active verb form in speech and w ritin g to describe actions and events:
They are launching a budget range of softw are disks next month.
First they w ill take part in an IT exhibition in Birm ingham.
We can use the passive in the follow ing situations:
1. We are not interested in the doer:

The first cars w ere delivered to distributors last month.
The name of the person who delivered the goods is not relevant, so we ca n 't use an
active sentence.
2. In process descriptions:
First the door is prim ed, then rubbed down using sandpaper.
This is the typical style fo r the d escription of the steps in a process. Again, we are not interested
in the doer. The corresponding active sentence w ould be:
First you prim e the door, then you rub it down using sandpaper.
3. In im p e rso n a l language:
The building site is dangerous; hard hats must be worn at a ll tim es.
This is the typical style of a w ritte n o rd e r o r in stru ction . The corresponding active sentence
w ould be:
The building site is dangerous; w ear hard hats.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Read the text betow about security o f inform ation in Chemco PLC. There are six verb form s in the
text. Mark them A IactiveI o r P [passive].
Computers and Security

U sers should change th e ir password every w eek. A ll co n fid e n tia l inform a tion should be stored on
c o m p u te r hard disk. U sers should copy co nfid en tial in fo rm a tio n on to DVDs. DVDs should be placed
in the safe in the Finance Office. C onfidential inform a tion should not be removed from Chemco PLC
w ith o u t the perm ission of a D ep artm en t Manager. Report a ll se cu rity incidents to an appropriate
manager.
Exercise 2
Complete the sentences fo r each situation below. Use the given verb in the active or passive.
3. leave/coats and bags, etc.
Paper should Visitors sh o u ld ________ here.
2. switch off/lights
P lease________ Eye protection m ust
Exercise 3
Below are notes fo r a welcome presentation fo r visitors to Eastern Water by Sam Weal, the Public
Relations Manager. Write the beginning o f his presentation. Use the seven verbs given here. Put
each verb into an appropriate active or passive form.
have dinner distribute treat give go on see 12]
First, see a film about Eastern Water.

Then Managing Director talk on history and future for EW.
Then a tour of the factory.
Demonstrations o f w ater distribution, and w ater treatm ent processes.
Then dinner.
Transfer
Describe some actions in your norm al day. Then describe a process you know.
83
UNIT It Is/They Are vs. There Is/There Are
See also
Units 1,2 Be
A Sample sentences
A: It is not possible to approve these figures. They w ere wrong last year and
they are s till wrong.
B: But there was a m istake in the program then.
A: There are s till many mistakes in the program . It isn't right yet.
B: It is a very complex program .
B Form
We can use it or there w ith the verb be in the follow ing main tenses:
it it is (it’s) it was it w ill be it has been it had been

(it's been) (it'd been)
they are they were they w ill be they have been they had been
(they're) (they’ve been) (they'd been)
there there is there was there w ill be there has been there had been
(there's) (there's been)
there are there were there w ill be there have been there had been
(there've been)
Note
The m ost com m on sh o rt fo rm s are shown in brackets.
C Uses
Look at the follow ing m in i-dialogues:
A: Have you seen th e ir new house?

B: Yes. It is lovely, (the house)
A: Have you seen th e ir new house?

B: Yes. There's a large kitchen and then there are two sm all lounges.
(= there exists .. .there exist)
A: Have you visited th e ir new house?

B: No. It has been impossible to arrange a visit. (To arrange a visit has been im possible.)
In fact it was a m istake to try. (To try was a mistake.)
In the firs t exchange, it refers to in form a tion th a t has already been identified, i.e. the new house.
In the second exchange, there introduces new in form a tion , i.e. the kitchen and the lounges.
In the th ird exchange, we use ‘the em pty it’ before the adjective (im possible} and the noun
[a mistake}. The it has no m eaning; but in th is way we can postpone the im p o rta n t in form ation
to the end of the sentence.
It is difficult to develop a m arketing plan has m ore im pact than To develop a m arketing plan
is difficult.
Note
We can put e ith e r a sin g u la r o r a p lu ra l verb a fte r there. The fo rm depends on the subject.
There is one im portant reason for our decision.
There are three main points in my presentation.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Make eight questions o r sentences from the words below.
Examples:
Are there a lot of museums here?
It isn't cheap.
It is French.
There are a good restaurant here.
They it good quality.
Are they expensive.
Is aren't cheap.
isn't many tourists here.
there a lot of museums.
Exercise 2
Choose the correct alternative to complete the dialogue below.
A: There is/There a re /lt is many good hotels in Tokyo. I like the Tokyo Hilton.
There is /lt is in the centre of the city.
B: Is there/Are there/ls it many s m a ll fam ily hotels?
A: No, there a re n 't/it is n ’t.
B: I im agine they is/they are/there are very expensive.
A: In Tokyo? Yes, there is/is it/it is an expensive city.
Exercise 3
Maria is at Dusseldorf railw ay station. She wants to go to Munster. Look at the notes from
the timetable. Complete the spaces in the dialogue below. Use the phrases in the box.
there is [21
DEPARTURES [Tils is it
S DUSSELDORF - ESSEN - DGnSTER | 111.51 Arr. 15.151 there was

*
it's [21
iDOSSELDORF - ESSEN - MUNSTER Arr. 15.35|
i i rn there are
| DUSSELDORF - MUNSTER 1 I.J U Arr. 15.50 j
it isn 't
| DUSSELDORF - ESSEN - MONSTER] 115.01 Arr. 15.41 i is- there
are there
Maria: Is there a tra in to M unster?
Clerk: Yes,________ m any trains. Now 11.25. a tra in at 11.20.
The next one is at 11.41.
Maria: ________ direct?
Clerk: N o ,________ It goes via Essen. _ a train to M unster via Essen every 20 minutes.
Maria: direct tra in s to M unster?
Clerk: Yes, ___ a direct tra in at 11.50. ____ d irect to Munster.
Transfer
Make a dialogue using is there/are there/there is/there a re /it is/they are about yo ur town.
85
UNIT Have and Have Got
43
See also
Units 15,16, 17 Present perfect
Units 35, 36 Have to, have got to, and haven’t got to
Unit 44 Get and have got
A Sample sentences
A: Do you have an office in Tokyo?
B: No, we've only got a representative office there. We don’t have enough sales there.
Has your company got an agent in Japan?
A: Yes. In fact until last year we had two, but one didn’t have reg u lar contact w ith us.
So we had to cancel our agency agreem ent.
B Form
Have is both a fu ll verb and an auxiliary.
1. For the auxiliary have, see Unit 15 [present perfect) and Unit 19 (past perfect).
2. Below are the fo rm s of the fu ll verb have:
Present statement Present question

IISH1 Positive verb N egative verb Subject
l/yo u/w e /th ey have don't have do l/you/w e/they have?

h e /sh e /it has doesn’t have does h e/sh e/it have?
the com pany has doesn’t have does the com pany have?
the d irectors have don’t have do the d irectors have?
Past statement Present question

Subject [ Positive verb N egative verb Verb S ubject Verb
l/yo u/w e /th ey had didn't have did l/you/w e/they have?
h e /sh e /it had didn’t have did h e /sh e /it have?
the com pany had didn’t have did the com pany have?
the d ire cto rs had didn’t have did the d irectors have?
We som etim es u s e 's a n d 've as the sh o rt fo rm s in positive statem ents:

We've a new measuring device in the laboratory.
We fo rm the negative w ith don't or doesn't (present) and didn’t (past).
They don't have the equipm ent yet; at least they didn't have it last w eek, [not: have n 't/ha d n ’t)
3. B elow are the present fo rm s of the verb have got:
EB9HHI
Present statem ent Present question
Subject Positive verb Verb Verb
l/yo u/w e /th ey have got haven’t got have l/you/w e/they got
h e /sh e /it has got hasn’t got has h e /sh e /it got
the com pany has got hasn't got has the com pany got
the d irectors have got haven’t got have the d irectors got
The past fo rm s of have got are had got (positive verb), hadn’t got (negative verb) and
had .. . got (question).
The s h o rt fo rm s of have got are I've/you’ve /w e've/th ey’ve got, he’s /s h e 's /it’s got
C Uses
1. S om etim es have and have got have (got) the same m eaning:
Sixty insurance companies have (got) th e ir headquarters in the city.
2. S om etim es we use have in fixed phrases:
On fine evenings, we usually have a barbecue.
Come and have a coffee w hile we discuss w hat you should do.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Label have in the following text as auxiliary [AUX], fu ll verb (VI o r p a rt o f have got (HGj.
I did n ’t have a very good job last year. Now I’ve got a new position in the company.
I’ve taken co n tro l of export sales. We’ve m any new clie n ts in A m erica and Asia.
Have you seen o ur product brochure? We’ve had a new one printed th is week.
Mary, have you got a copy?
Exercise 2
Match the following to the correct picture a-f.
1. We've got a problem . 4. Have you got a light?

2. The com pany has stopped trading. 5. They’ve sold the factory.
3. I’ve bought a new car. 6. I have a cup of coffee a fte r lunch.
Exercise 3
Fumi Wang is talking to Mike Winters, o f Trans World Systems, a software company
Complete the following conversation. Use form s o f have or have got.
Fumi: How many e m p lo ye e s __________ ?

Mike: __________ about 2,000.
Fumi: __________ m any sales reps?
Mike: About 300___________ 30 in the Far East.
Fumi: __________ w orked in Malaysia?
Mike: Yes, I ___________And w e __________ _ three big cu sto m e rs there.
Fumi: W hat about Indonesia?
Mike: No, w e __________ any cu stom ers there.
Transfer
Write a short dialogue about a company you know well. Use sentences with have and have got.
Include the following words.
employees sales representatives offices custom ers agents products

UNIT Get and Have Got
See also
Unit 43 Have and have got
u u Business File 4 British English vs. American English
A Sample sentences
A: How often do you get financial updates?
B: I get new inform ation every w eek.
A: And when did you get the latest inform ation?
B: I got a report yesterday. I've got it here. Have you got tim e to look at it?
B Form
Get is a fu ll verb (see Business File 6: Irre g u la r verb table.) The form have got is the present
perfect of get (see Unit 4-3 fo r the fo rm s of have got).
C Uses
1. We use get in the present and past to mean ‘receive’ :
A: Did you get the message?
B: Yes, I got it yesterday.
2. We use get in phrases to mean ‘becom e’ :

It is getting harder to find a good builder.
Both men got rich in 2005 when they sold the company.
3. We use get to to mean ‘a rrive ’ :

I got to his house at 8 o'clock.
4. Have got m eans have, i.e. w ith a present meaning:

They have got a new client. (= they have)
Has he got a job?
Note
We have got the keys. (We have them now.)
We got the keys last w eek. (We received them last week.)
TASKS
Exercise 1
Underline and [abet six form s o f get (Gj and have got IHGJ in the following text.
A: Did you get my le tte r yesterday?

B: I d id n ’t get it yesterday. It came today. I’ve got it here on my desk.
A: The problem is getting serious, but I haven’t got tim e to discuss it now. I’ll ca ll later.
B: Well, I ve got a m eeting this afternoon.
A: Okay. I’ll c a ll you before lunch.
Exercise 2
Match the following to the correct picture a-f.
1. Fred's getting fat. U. The com pany is getting bigger.

2. I've got a fax from Expoil. 5. I’ve got a headache.
3. It’s getting late. 6. I got your em ail.
Exercise 3
Complete the following exchanges. Choose a form of get o r have got from the box. Use the correct
tense.
get (21 get easier get better have got [2] not/get
1. James: How are things?

B e t h : We had a d iffic u lt spring, but the s u m m e r has been good.
_
2. Mike: W h a t___________ y o u ___________ ?

Alice: It’s the a nnual sales report.
3. Peter: Bad news. W e ___________ the contract.
Sue: Oh, th a t’s a pity.
4. A m y : __________ y o u ___________the money? We posted it on Monday.
5. Syd: Yes, I ____________yesterday. Thank you very much.
6. Alice: I _a new job and it’s really d ifficu lt.
7. Billy: It’l l ___________ , I’m sure.
Transfer
,
Write sentences about yourself with get or have got Include positive negative and question forms.
85
UNIT Say vs. Tell
4 5
A Sample sentences
A: W hat did head office say about the branch manager?
B: They didn't say a lot. They told us that he hadn't been very helpful.
A: And w hat did they say about the appraisals?
B: They always te ll us that the appraisals are outside th e ir responsibility.
A: Next tim e, please te ll them that we are w orried.
Infinitive Past tense Past participle

say said said
tell told told
Say
Many people say that the city is safer now than it was ten years ago.
{not: Many people say us tha t the city is sa fe r now than it was ten years ago.)
A: W hat did he say to you? [not: W hat did he say you?)
B: He said to me that he w ill m ake a very im portant speech at the conference.
[not: He said me th a t he w ill make a very im p o rta n t speech at the conference.)
T ell
Please te ll Jane that I w ill call her later.
[not: Please te ll to Jane ...)
I w ill te ll my friends to stay at your hotels.
[not: I w ill te ll to my frie n ds ...)
He told us the history of the city, [not: He told the history of the city.)
TASKS
Exercise 1
Two colleagues are in a restaurant. Match a sentence on the left to an appropriate reply on the right.
1. W hat did you say? a. I’ve told him already.
2. Tell me w hich you prefer. b. No, I said I w ould th is tim e.
3. Tell me about the w o rk in India. c. W hat s h a ll I say?
4. Say anything you like. d. Have I told you about M r Singh?
5. Tell the w a ite r you w ant a no the r knife. e. I said I w ould like fish.
6 . Let me pay. f. I p re fe r w hite w ine w ith fish.
Exercise 2
A purchaser from Delta Hospital Services wants to buy some equipment from a supplier, Langer.
There are fou r mistakes in the conversation. Identify them and correct them.
Delta: Tell to me again, how m uch do you want?

Langer: I said $20,000.
Delta: But te ll me a lo w e r price.
Langer: I am te llin g o u r lowest price.
Delta: W hat did you say me last week about te rm s of payment?
Langer: I te ll you 60 days’ payment.
Exercise 3
Complete the email below with say, said, te ll or told.
Transfer
What have you said today? Who did you te ll something? What has someone told you?
91
UNIT Make vs. Do
46
See also
Unit 31 Do
A Sample sentences
A: W hat do you do?
B: I w ork as a receptionist for Arnison and Naylors.
A: And w hat do Arnison and Naylors make?
B: They don’t make anything; they sell houses.
B Form
Make and do are fu ll verbs. (See B usiness File 6: Irre g u la r verb table.)
Do is also an auxiliary verb. We use it in the negative and question fo rm s of the present and
past sim ple tenses. (See Unit 31.)
Look at the follow ing sentences:

Who do you w ork for?
(auxiliary)
We do business a ll over the world,
(fu ll verb)
We made a profit last year.
(fu ll verb)
C Uses
Make and do often have s im ila r m eanings. S om etim es we use make and som etim es we use do.
There are no fixed rules. So you should learn som e of these phrases.
business damage an exercise good a job

repairs research well work wrong
badly
better
make
an appointment an arrangement a budget a choice a complaint
a decision a loss a mistake money an offer
a profit progress a report sure a trip
Now look at the follow ing dialogue w ith make and do:
A: So, how did your company do last year?
B: We did very w e ll. We made a profit of $ 1.2 billion.
A: How did you make so much money?
B: We did a lot of w o rk on our forecasts.
A: So you didn't make any m istakes in your budgets?
B: No, w e didn't.
TASKS
Choose the correct verb in the following sentences.
1. I did/m ade an a pp o in tm en t fo r next week.

2. Sarah has too m uch w o rk to do/m ake.
3. We are doing/m aking a good profit.
U. Pablo did/m ade a plan fo r the South A m erican m a rke t last week.
5. The storm did/m ade a lot of damage.
6 . U nfortunately the RAMA 20 is doing/m aking a loss.
7. Can you do/m ake a list of possible targe t m arkets?
8 . Make/Do me a favour. Send Angela a copy of th is report.
Exercise 2
Two colleagues are discussing a meeting. Their company has produced a new product, BIGGO.
F ill the spaces in the dialogue with an appropriate form o f do o r make.
A m y: Was it a good m eeting?

Leo: Yes, w e __________ a decision. We are going to increase production of BIGGO.
A m y: What about the costs?
Leo: W e __________ a new budget. We th in k we w i l l ___________ m ore business next year.
We’l l _______________ a p ro fit of £200,000.
A m y: Good. Do you know tha t Rospa Ltd. h ave __________ a co m p laint about o u r BIGGO
prom otion?
Leo: Yes, they a re __________ a big m istake. We h ave ___________ nothing w rong. We have
__________ o u r research. Rospa know tha t BIGGO is going t o ___________ money. W ith
good m arketing we w il l__________ sure that w e ___________ better than Rospa next year.
Exercise 3
Complete the sentences below. Replace the underlined words with a new verb phrase using
m ake o r do in the correct tense.
1. We work with a lot of companies in France. We___________ business in France.
2. There is a m istake here. You a re _______________ a mistake.
3. We are very happy They worked w e ll. They__________ a good job.
4. The meeting was very long but it has been useful. We____________________ progress.
5. They suggested a price but it was too low. They__________ an offer, but it was too low.
6. We had to choose: to cut production or to cut We had t o __________ a choice.

the price.
7. Our engineers have studied the problem . They__________ the research.
Transfer
What did you do yesterday? What are you doing today? Have you made anything recently?
UNIT Used To
4 7
A Sample sentences
A: Do you travel a lot in your job?
B: I used to go abroad twice a month.
A: I'm sure that was very tiring.
B: Not really. At that tim e I was used to travelling, but now I'm used to working in the office.
B Form
There are two different verb phrases w ith the form used to:
1. used to + infinitive
I used to w ork for ITCorp. (I w orked fo r ITCorp in the past, but I don’t w o rk there now.
We use used to to ta lk about a past habit.
2. to be used to + infinitive . . .ing or to be used to + noun

We are used to hearing about bankruptcies.
to be + used to + infinitive .. .ing
They are used to these problems.
to be + used to + noun
We use to be used to to ta lk about ageneral habit.
We can use it in any tense.
C Uses
These two verb phrases have d iffe re n t m eanings.
1. used to + infinitive
We use th is phrase to ta lk about a past activity or habit tha t is not a present activity o r habit.
We used to stock 36 different kinds of steel pipes. (In the past we re g ula rly stocked 36 types of
stee l pipes, but now we don’t.)
In the past we used to design everything by hand; today w e use computers.
2. to be used to + infinitive . . .ing o r to be used to + noun
We use this phrase to ta lk about a general habit - n orm a lly in the present, but possibly in
the past or future.
Is it s till strange, or are you used to it now?
He was used to the journey as he had done it several tim es.
I'm sure Peter w ill soon be used to the new com puter system.
Note
The follow ing sentences have d iffe re n t fo rm s but s im ila r m eanings:
We w ere used to working until 7 or 8 pm.
(= past general habit)
We used to w ork until 7 or 8 pm. (= past habit)
TASKS
faHSfffSfl
Underline six examples o f used to in the dialogue. Label them as PH [past habit] o r GH
Igeneral habit].
P e te r: Do you tra ve l a lot?

Janis: Yes, but I am used to w o rkin g away. 1am away m ore than I am at home.
P e te r: That is hard. What about your husband?
Janis: He's used to it. He looks a fte r o u r children.
P e te r: Have you always worked?
Janis: I used to stay at hom e when the children were very young. Now they are at school,
I am always tra vellin g. The children are used to a ‘w eekends only’ m um .
P e te r: I hope you like flying.
Janis: I used to hate it, but it’s okay now. My husband hates flying. He used to be a pilot.
Exercise 2
Write sentences, based on the prom pts below, about Michael Ross, Chairman o f Kelfield PLC.
Use used to and the words in brackets.
1. He has lived abroad.
H e __________ (live/in Italy].
2. He attends international meetings.
H e __________ (make/presentations].
3. He likes going for walks.
When he was yo u n g __________ [go for w alks/w ith his father).
U. He works long hours.
H e __________ [work/late].
5. He likes going out with friends.
H e __________ [eat/in restaurants].
6. Michael has a new car.
H e __________ [have/a motorbike].
Exercise 3
Complete the following sentences using appropriate form s o f used to.
A nn : I always drive to w ork. It takes anhour.

P ete r: How aw ful!
A nn : I don’t m ind. I __________ it.
P e te r: Have you always driven to w ork?
A nn : No, I ___________ go by train.
P ete r: Is th is your firs t job?
A nn : No, I ___________ w o rk fo r RYG. You ask so many questions!
P e te r: I __________ it. I’m a jo u rn a lis t!
Transfer
Write five sentences about yo urself and yo ur work or studies in the past and now. Use used to.
95
UNIT Rise vs. Raise
See also
Unit 85 Describing trends
4 8
A Sample sentences
A: The governm ent is going to raise taxes next year.
B: So, taxes w ill rise again. They raised taxes last year.
A: And the level of unem ploym ent rose.
B Form
Rise and raise are different verbs, but they have s im ila r m eanings.
So rise is an irre g u la r verb and raise is a re g u la r verb. The o th e r difference is tha t rise is
intra nsitive and raise is transitive. (See Unit 39.)
Prices rose last year, (intransitive)
We raised prices last year, (transitive)
C Uses
We use both verbs to indicate an upward movem ent:
Unem ploym ent is rising at the m oment.

We intend to raise the quality and standard of w ork.
Demand has risen recently.
Train companies have raised ticket prices by up to 30%.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Underline examples of ris e and raise. Mark them as intransitive [ll o r transitive iTj.
I
In the first half of the year prices rose by 10%. Wages rose at the same
time. The government raised taxes and the banks raised interest rates.
Inflation continued to rise.
Exercise 2
Choose the correct sentence from the atternatives given.
1. a. Sales raise by 10%.

b. The com pany raised.
c. Sales rose by 10%.
2. a. We rised o ur advertising budget.

b. The advertising budget has risen.
c. The advertising budget has been rised.
3. a. Costs w ill probably be risen.

b. Costs w ill probably rise.
c. We w ill probably raise costs.
4. a. The n um be r of unemployed w o rke rs rose th is year.

b. This year the n u m b e r of unemployed w o rke rs raised.
c. The com pany raised the n um bers of unemployed w o rk e rs th is year.
5. a. E le ctricity com panies rise th e ir charges.

b. E le ctricity com panies have raised th e ir charges.
c. The charges by the e le ctricity com panies have raised.
6. a. Bank charges w ill rise next year.

b. Bank charges w ill raise next year.
c. Banks w ill rise th e ir charges next year.
Exercise 3
Write sentences 1-5 fo r the pictures a-e. Use the given prompts.
1. The National Telephone Company__________ the price of m aking a call.
2. The R+D b ud g et__________ next year.

3. In su m m e r p ric e s ___________
U, In fla tio n __________ in 2008.
5. The Company w ill__________ agents’ commissions.
Transfer
Write fou r sentences about yo u r work o r studies. Use appropriate form s o f rise o r raise.
97
UNIT Verb + Preposition
49
See also
Unit 29 Verb.. .ing
A Sample sentences
• They are preparing for a conference in London next week.
• Do you approve of spending so much?
• Our success depends on reg u lar orders from big companies.
• The company has succeeded in reducing costs.
B Form
A verb + preposition phrase has two fo rm s:
verb + preposition + noun phrase
I've heard about the vacancy in the M arketing Departm ent.
verb + preposition + v e rb .../n g

Are you thinking of applying?
Typical prepositions are:
about at fo r in of on to w ith
Here are som e com m on verb + preposition phrases:
agree w ith apologise fo r ask fo r care fo r consist of depend on hear about
hope fo r look forw ard to pay fo r rely on succeed in th in k of w a it fo r
Note
We always use verb .. .ing a fte r a preposition:
Excuse me for interrupting, [not: excuse me fo r in terru pt)
C Uses
Now look at these sentences w ith verb + preposition phrases:
I look forw ard to seeing you soon, [not: I look forw ard to see you soon.)
Here to is a preposition.
Dealers are waiting for prices to fall.
He apologised for being late.
The departm ent asked for a 13% increase in its budget.
TASKS
Exercise 1
Match a verb on the Ieft with a preposition on the right.
succeed to
ask on
hear fo r
depend w ith
consist in
look forw ard about
agree of
Exercise 2
Complete the le tte r below with an appropriate tense of the correct verb and preposition from the box.
talk about succeed in look forward to depend on

consist o f agree to invest in
D ear Jam es, n r t n h e r W e w ill ______ o u r

T h a n k yo u fo r ----------a tte n d o u r m e e tin g ' ju s t th re e p o in ts : re c ru itm e n t,
m arketin g s tr a .e g , for next , e , r . T h e agenda wtll ,ng P
o u f ta rg „ of a
, rain in g , advertisms> ■ w , „ , cd 1o _______ train in g . W e cannet
10% in c re a s e . F o r o u r b a ie s o id u ,
__ o u r p re s e n t re p u ta tio n .
I a m ___ ___s e e in g yo u on 28 O c to b e r.
Y o u rs s in c e re ly
P J o n e s , C h a irm a n
Exercise 3
Two colleagues, Sam and Paula, go out for an evening a fte r a successful negotiation with a
supplier. Complete the dialogue with an appropriate verb and preposition combination. Choose a
verb from the box. Put it in the correct tense.
wait fo r pay for manage to hope fo r rely on ask fo r depend on
Sam: The m eeting was really good. We got alm o st a ll we w e re _________

Paula: Yes, in fact, I was su rp rise d w e ________ obtain a very low price.
Sam: Also, we got good term s. We don’t have t o _________ the goods u n til January.
Paula: That’s true. I th in k they have lost som e business recently. They w e re _________ getting
the contract from us. We got a good deal because they knew we have o th e r suppliers.
We were n o t_________ them . Also, we w e re n ’t in a hurry. We c a n _________ s m a lle r
com panies to supply us.
Sam: But obviously, we w e re _________ a quick deal.
Transfer
Write a paragraph about yo urself and/or yo ur company o r studies. Include examples o f verb and
preposition combinations.
99
UNIT Verb + Adverb (Phrasal Verb)
See also
A Sample sentences
• Always switch off the light when you leave the room.
• The office didn’t make its sales targets, and the company eventually shut it down.
• You must fill out a form if you want to claim expenses.
• Why did you give up marathon running?
B Form
A verb + adverb phrase is also called a phrasal verb.
1. We have marked down the prices on all our furniture.

verb adverb + object
2. We are going to give small gifts away at our stand.

verb object + adverb
3. The company is in financial difficulties. We must turn it round.

verb object adverb
4. I can’t hear you, Please speak up.

verb adverb
If the phrasal verb takes an object, then we can put the object a fte r the adverb (sentence 1) or
between the verb and the adverb (sentence 2). But if the object is a pronoun, then we m ust put the
pronoun between the verb and the adverb (sentence 3).
Sentence 4 shows a phrasal verb w ith o u t an object.
Typical adverbs in p hrasa l verbs are:
about across along around away back down forward in off

on out over round through up
C Uses
S om etim es a phrasal verb keeps the m eaning of its parts:
A: Let's bring forward the date of the meeting.
B: No. I think we should put the date back.
S om etim es a phrasal verb has a d iffe re n t m eaning from its parts:
A: We have a lot to discuss. We're getting behind schedule.
B: We can make up some time, if we call the meeting off.
(make up = gain; call off = cancel)
TASKS
Match the verb on the le ft with a phrasal verb on the rig h t with the same meaning.
re turn (goods) = close down

reduce (production) = c a ll off
abandon (plans) = take over
buy (a company) = cut back
go out of business = sw itch on
sta rt (a m achine) = send back
Exercise 2
Match the pictures a -d with the correct sentences 1-4 below. Underline the phrasal verb in each
sentence.
a. b. d.
DAILY N EW S Date: I 15/01/2010

To: all staff
Takeover offer rejected From: i [email protected]
February Sales Meeting postponed
New date 15th April
1. The m eeting has been put back two m onths.
2. AD Industries closed the plant down ten years ago.
3. We’ve called in the su p p lie rs to fix the m achine.
4. AGCO has turned down an o ffe r of $800,000 fo r the company.
Exercise 3
Replace the underlined words in the conversation below with a phrasal verb from the box.
build up set up p u t up send back cut back turn down
Boris: If we cannot se ll a ll the goods we have, we m ust reduce production.

Susan: Yes. Our agents w ant to re turn goods they cannot sell. But I also th in k we should
e sta blish an agency n etw o rk in Asia.
Boris: But we rejected th a t idea last year.
Susan: I th in k the Board should find ways to develop o u r reputation fo r quality service.
Boris: Certainly. That w ould be b e tte r than increasing prices again.
Transfer
Have you given up anything?
Do you want to set up anything?
Have you put back any plans ?
Have you taken away anything?
Do you Look back on things?
Have you taken out anything?
What would you like to cut down or call off?
101
UNIT Positive Statements
51
See also
Unit 3 The present continuous positive
Unit 11 The past simple positive
Unit 52 Negative statements
A Sample sentences
• He reports to the group vice president.
• Capacity at European plants is expanding.
• Last year the company opened ten new retail stores.
• I have just returned from a visit to the training centre.
B Form
A positive statem ent has at Least two parts:
subject + positive verb form
The market is booming.
will improve,
has increased.
In positive statem ents, we usually put the subject before the verb:
The caretaker lives on the top floor.
subject + positive verb
On the top floor lives the caretaker is possible but not com m on.
We can put the verb into one of the follow ing tenses:
present sim ple past continuous past perfect sim ple

present continuous present perfect sim ple past perfect continuous
past sim ple present perfect continuous
If the verb is transitive, we can use an active o r passive form :

We launch new products each year.
subject + active verb
New products are launched each year.

subject + passive verb
We can also make a verb phrase w ith a m odal verb:

We can increase sales.
subject + m odal verb phrase
The m odal verbs are:
w ill would may m ight shall should can could m ust
C Uses
We use positive state m e n ts to give positive inform ation.
Here are some positive state m e n ts w ith d iffe re n t verb phrases:
The seminar will start at 2pm.
We have five points on the agenda.
In the meeting they discussed the future of the company.
Shareholders must vote on this offer.
Both issues should be decided soon.

TASKS
Read the text betow. Underline and label the subject o f each sentence [S] and the verb phrase [VPj.
Sales (S) have been very disappointing (VP) this year. Our
costs are rising every day. Clearly, our marketing team need
to market our products better. But our R&D Department are
confident. They are developing a brilliant new product. It will
need support from the bank. A new business plan is being
prepared at the moment.
Exercise 2
The text below gives the history o f Keele Brothers Ltd. Put the sentences into the correct order.
The firs t two have been done for you.
a. Now United E lectric exports a ll over the w orld.
b. In 2000 Keele B rothers was taken over by United E lectric Inc.
c. In those days Keele B rothers made bicycles.
d. Between 1980 and 2000 the m ain products w ere pum ps and s m a ll engines.
e. The name of the com pany was changed to United E lectric (UK) Ltd.
f. Keele B rothers Ltd was started in 1970.
g. Since then the com pany has developed an in te rn a tio n a l m arket.
Exercise 3
Complete the sentences below taken from the annual report o f Hebden pic, a m anufacturing
company. Put the verbs in the correct form.
1. In 2009 Hebden__________ an international consortium to develop a new aircraft, [join]
2. Since 2004 the com pany__________ continual growth, [realise]
3. Our p ro d u cts __________ all over the w orld fo r many years, [export]
U. Our p ro d u ctio n __________ highly autom ated systems, [use]
5. Our m arket share in our home m a rk e t__________ now 12%. [be]
6. 7,000 p eo p le __________ by the Hebden group, [employ]
7. The annual re p o rt__________ details for o ur 21 different product areas, [contain]
Transfer
Write six positive statem ents about yo urself o r a company you know. Use different verb phrases.
UNIT Negative Statements
52
See also
Unit 4 The present continuous negative
Unit 12 The past simple negative
Unit 31 Do
A Sample sentences
• We aren’t increasing our advertising budget this year.
• The company doesn’t have any South African operations.
• They haven’t sold the stock yet.
• We can't wait until next year.
B Form
A negative statem ent has at least two parts:
subject + negative verb form
Quality isn't improving.
The negative verb fo rm has a m odal o r auxiliary + not + verb.
In negative statem ents, we usually put the subject before the verb:
The members didn't agree on this point.
subject + auxilia ry + not
+ verb
On this point the members didn't agree is possible but not com m on.

If the verb is in the present sim ple o r past sim ple, we use a fo rm of do to make the negative.
(See Unit 31.)
We don't produce the A5687 in England; we produce it in the Far East.
negative verb form positive verb form
If the verb is transitive, we can use an active o r passive form :

We don't choose a new president each year.
su bject + active verb
A new president is not chosen each year.
subject + passive verb
We can also make a verb phrase w ith a m odal verb:

We can't increase prices.
subject + m odal verb phrase
w ill woutd may m ight shall should can could m ust
C Uses
Look at the negative statem ents in th is m ini-dialogue:
A: The situation doesn’t look good.
B: i don’t agree. We didn't make a loss last month.
A: Yes, but we haven’t made a profit for six months.
B: But we mustn’t always focus on the past.
TASKS
Underline negative statem ents in the text betow. Label subjects [Si and negative verbs [NVj.
To: [email protected]
From: | [email protected]
Subject: | Ibros S.A. negotiation
Dear Nick
We did not have a meeting with Ibros S.A. because we rejected their offer.The offer did not come by
email. We received a fax on Thursday. We understand that the Managing Director of Ibros, Mr Kalkis,
will not sign the contract. We have not accepted the present proposals. At the moment we are not
planning to continue production of the Alisia range. Last year we didn't reach agreement immediately. I
Now, I think it will not be easy to find a solution. a
Exercise 2
Make the following statem ents negative. Use sh ort forms, where possible.
1. We w ill finish o u r business to m o rro w afternoon.

2. The m eeting was planned to last three days.
3. We can go home tom orrow .
4. We should go to the Castle re stau ra n t tonight.
5. It opens every night.
6. Friday is a good night to go.
7. They cook fish on Fridays.
8. I have eaten a lot of fish recently.
9. The Castle re stau ra n t has been recom m ended to us.
10. We w ent there last tim e.
Exercise 3
Write negative statem ents fo r the pictures a - f below. Use an appropriate modal o r auxiliary + not.
d.
1. we/not/increase/R+D spending
We have not increased our R+D spending.
2. inflation/not/rise/in the near future
3. S ol’s m arket share/not/increase in ten years 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
U. the sales volum e/not/im prove between 2004-6 e.

5. actual sales/not reach/forecast sales/in 2009
6. Hammond Ltd/not be/taken over/next year
Definitely no takeover
of Hammond
2010
Transfer
Write six negative statem ents about yourself, yo u r work o r your studies, o r about an institution or
company you know.
105
UNIT Questions: Yes/No
53
See also
Unit 5 The present continuous question
Unit 13 The past simple question
Unit 31 Do
Units 54, 55 Questions
A Sample sentences
• Do you still play golf?
• Didn't we discuss this yesterday?
• Has Marija finished the calculations yet?
• Can't we do this another time?
B Form
A yes/no question has at least two parts:
question verb form + subject
The question verb form also has at least two parts:

Do you agree?
verb part 1 + subject + verb part 2
The question verb form has a m odal or auxiliary in verb part 1.
In yes/no questions, we put the m odal or auxiliary before the subject:

Have they moved to new offices?
a uxilia ry + subject + verb p art 2

If the verb is in the present sim ple o r past sim ple, we use a form of do to make the question.
(See Unit 31.)
Did we meet our production targets?
fo rm of do + verb p art 2
We can also make a verb phrase w ith o th e r m odal verbs:

Should we make these components or buy them?
m odal + verb p art 2
w ill would may m ight shall should can could m ust
We can make yes/no questions in positive and negative form s:

Have we met somewhere before? (it’s possible)
Haven’t we met somewhere before? (I th in k so, but I’m not sure)
C Uses
Look at these yes/no questions:
A: Can you supply 1p000 electric motors?

B: Do you need them this week?
A: Yes. Didn’t you promise delivery of the electric motors on Friday?
B: Yesphaven't you received them yet?
TASKS
1335331
Undertine the ye s/n o questions in the following dialogue.
A: Do you live near yo ur company?

B: No, it ’s about 25 km to the office.
A: So how do you tra vel to w ork?
B: I go by tra in o r som e tim e s by car.
A: Is it q uicker by train?
B: Yes - and I can w o rk on the train.
A: Isn’t it crowded?
B: No, not usually. It’s okay.
Exercise 2
Paulo Introini wrote an em ail to his company's Marketing Department. He received the email
message printed on the right. Match the correct answers [a -f] on the rig h t to the questions [1-61
on the left.
To: 1Marketing Department [ e © CD
From: [[email protected] | To: [email protected]

Subject: 1ARGOS Ltd. ~] From: [email protected]
Dear All Subject: Re: ARGOS Ltd.
Here are six questions. a Yes, we are going to send you a full report. ;
1 Has all the research been completed? b No, we do not recommend any major
2 Was the rate of response good? changes in our selling techniques,
3 Was the feedback satisfactory? c No. We will repeat the survey in two years,
4 Are we planning to repeat the survey? d Yes, we received good feedback on our
5 Will you send me a report? products.
6 Are changes recommended in our selling technique? e Yes, the research has been completed,
f Yes, the response rate was good.
Kind regards
Paulo
Exercise 3
Look at the prom pts below. Write a ye s/n o question fo r each one.
1. you/call/Fred/yesterday?
Did you call Fred yesterday?
2. M andy/m eet/Joanne/next weekend?
3. Alex/be b ack/from Nairobi tom orrow ?
4. T o m /usu a lly/re n t/a ca r fo r trip s abroad?
5. be/you/prepared/for y o u r presentation/next week?
6. R olf/go/N ew York/in June last year?
Transfer
Prepare eight yes/no questions to ask a friend about h is/he r work.
UNIT Questions: Wh-
54
See also
Units 5, 8, 13 Questions in present and past
Unit 31 Do
A Sam ple sentences

• Who are you going to hire?
• W hat did you learn from your experience yesterday?
• When does his train arrive?
• W hy have they ordered the new equipment?
B Form
A w h -q ue stio n has at least three parts:
w h -q ue stio n w ord + verb + subject
The m ain w h -q ue stio n w ords are:
who? w hom ? what? w hich? where? when? why?
(We w ill look at how in Unit 55.)
The verb may be e ith e r a positive verb form o r a question verb form :
Who(m) did you m eet at the airport? (question verb form )
Who m et you at the airport? (positive verb form )
The difference depends on the g ra m m a tic a l function of who. In the firs t sentence who(m)
is the object; in the second, the subject.
Only who, what and which can be e ith e r a subject o r object.
For m ore in form ation on question verb form s, see Unit 53.
C Uses
Look at these w h -q ue stio ns:
1- asking about people - who, who(m) or which + personal noun:
Who built this tow er? (who is the subject of the verb)
Who(m) did he choose for the role? (who(m) is the object of the verb)
Which candidates came to the interview ? (which candidates is the subject of the verb)
Which candidate w ill you appoint? (which candidate is the object of the verb)
Note
Jn spoken language we usually use who fo r the object; in fo rm a l w ritte n language we use who(m).
2. asking about thing s - what, which + im p e rso na l noun:

W hat exactly are we going to do?
Which departm ent w ill have responsibility for technology issues?
(which departm ent is the subject)
Which departm ent w ill you put in charge of technology issues?
(which departm ent is the object)
3. asking about the tim e - when:

When did you resign as the CEO of the bank?
U. asking about the place - where:

W here have they come from?
5. asking about the reason - why:

Why do they need permission fo r that?

y g fffg s n
Underline the wh-question words in the sentences below. Match the questions on the le ft to
the correct answ er on the right.
1. When did you get here? a. For a m eeting w ith our partners.
2. Where are you staying? b. Roland K. Saxman.
3. Do you plan to stay long? c. No, th is is my firs t visit.
-4. W hat kind of business are you in? d. I came on Monday.
5. Which bank? e. At the Crescent hotel.
6. Why are you in New York? f. I w o rk fo r a bank as a fin a n cia l adviser.
7. Who is the se nior V ice-P resident of CBI? g. Credit Bank International.
8. Have you been here before? h. Just two days.
Exercise 2
Complete the questions below with wh-question words.
Q: __________ lo rry is going to Belgium ?
A: The one on the left.
Q: __________ is the o th e r one going?
A: To Greece.
Q : ____ ______are they carrying?
A: One’s carrying fru it. The o th e r is

carrying meat.
Q: one is carrying meat?
A: The one fo r Greece.
Q : __________ is o u r clie n t in Greece?
A: Kalkos S.A.
Q: __________ are they based?
A: In Saloniki.
Q: __________ is the driver?
A: Maggie Farnham . She always goes to Greece.
Exercise 3
A t Compo Ltd the Marketing Departm ent have a meeting to talk about a new idea.
Write questions about the underlined words in the sentences below.
1. John had a good idea. Who had a good idea? (have)

2. He decided to increase the budget. __________ ? (decide)
3. We need to advertise in a newspaper. __________ _? (advertise)
4. You w rote a re p o rt. __________ ? (write)
5. They gave the report to her secretary. __________ ? (give)
6. Ms Theo said the re p ort was excellent. __________ ? (said)
7. We explained the reasons fo r supporting the idea. ----------------- ? (be)
8. We agreed the date the project could start. ______ _ __? (start/project)
9. He named the office w hich w ill co ntro l the project. ______ ? (office/control/project)
Transfer
, ,
Ask a colleague questions using who, whom what which, where when why. , ,
UNIT Questions: How
55
See also
Units 5, 8, 13 Questions in present and past
Unit 31 Do
Units 77, 78, 79 Quantifiers
A Sample sentences
• How did they become such big brands?
• How many people w ill lose th e ir jobs?
• How long has the company been in business?
• During the past month, how often have you spent tim e alone w ith your husband or wife?
B Form
We form a question w ith how in the sam e way as a w h -q ue stio n. It has at least three parts:
how + verb + subject
The main how -question w ords are:
how? how m uch/m any? how long? how far? how often? how big/sm all?
The verb is always a question verb fo rm :

How much did they pay fo r the company?
H ow -question word verb part 1 subject verb part 2
How often should we check the stock levels?
H ow -question word verb part 1 subject verb part 2
For m ore in form a tion on question verb form s, see Unit 53.
C Uses
Look at these how -questions:
1. asking about m anner - how:

How do you calculate the m arket value of a company?
How can they ensure consistent quality during the m anufacturing process?
2. asking about quantity and am o un t - how much, how many:

How much do I owe you? (how m uch = how m uch money)
How much housing is needed?
How many products does the company export successfully?
3. asking about the length of tim e - how long:

How long have you lived in Florida?
4. asking about the distance - how far:

How fa r is it from Edinburgh to London?
5. asking about the frequency - how often:

How often do they call?
6. asking about the dim ensions - how big, how sm all, etc.
How big is your office?
How sm all does the digital cam era have to be?
7. asking about the extent of a qua lity - how busy, how hot, etc.
How busy are you a fte r lunch?
How hot does it get in sum m er?
TASKS
p w jfiw s n
Form six questions from the ju m b le d words.
1. e xhibitio n /th e /h o w /cam e/m a n y/pe o ple /to?

2 . often /e xh ib ition s/d o/a tte n d/h ow /yo u ?
3 . d o/p ro m o tion /com pa n y/you /th e /ho w /o f/o rg an ise /you r?
4. la st/lo n g /e xh ib itio n /d id /th e /h o w ?
5. fa ir/a /co st/a /m u ch /sta n d /h o w /a t/d o e s?
6. b ig /tra d e /th e /h o w /P a ris/fa ir/is?
Exercise 2
Complete the email below by asking the question fo r the given answers. Use a question phrase
with how.
Date: 18/10/2010
Subject: [ RE: AMTEL MARKET SURVEY
Dear Kevin,
______are we going to spend? US $450,000
----------people will get questionnaires? 3,000
----------will the research take? two months
----------do we need to repeat this survey? every two years
will the survey extend? all over Japan
is the consultancy which is carrying out the research? the 4th biggest in Japan
will they analyse the result? by computer and personal interview
Answers by Monday please! Thanks.
::.
3
Ben Kamal is Managing D irector ofA ranco Ltd. He is talking about insurance with a friend,
Willy Hoos. Complete the dialogue with appropriate questions.
W illy : How do vou decide (decide) w hich insurance com pany to use?
Ben: We choose an insurance com pany on the basis of cost and service.
W illy : (employee insurance/cost)?
Ben: Employee insurance costs about 10% of the salaries.
W illy : (employees/have)?
Ben: Around 850.
W illy : (they/stay/w ith Arancol?
Ben: N o rm a lly if they stay, they stay fo r a long tim e.
W illy : (make/a detailed study of em ployee insurance)?
Ben: We make a detailed study very often. Every year. It’s very im portant.
W illy : Ibe/A ranco’s turnover)?
Ben: Our tu rn o ve r is £30m. This is increasing by between 3% and 6% every year.
Transfer I
How many people live in yo u r town? How big is the largest company? How often do you travel
abroad? How fa r is the local airport? How long does it take to get to the nearest seaport?
1111
UNIT Commands - Positive and Negative
56
See also
Unit 10 Positive and negative imperatives
Unit 38 Question tags
A Sample sentences
• Make sure that your w ork is presented neatly.
• Don’t place anything w et on a wooden table.
• Please send your order to this address.
• Sit downpw ill you!
B Form
We form a positive com m and using an infinitive (the positive im perative form ):
Call this num ber right now.
infinitive
We form a negative com m and w ith don’t + infinitive (the negative im perative form ):
Don't w ait until tom orrow,
don't + infinitive
For m ore in form ation on im perative verb form s, see Unit 10.
We can put please before or a fte r the com m and to make it m ore polite.
C all me before 10 o'clock, please, (w ritten w ith a comma)
Please don't phone me a fte r 10 o'clock at night, (w ritten w ith o u t a com m a)
We can put the tag w ill you a fte r a com m and to make it m ore em phatic, but this is not very polite.
Correct these figures, w ill you?
C Uses
Look at these com m ands:
1 . positive com m ands:

Take the train to Nagoya and then call me from the station.
2. negative com m ands:

Don't forget your glasses.
Don't sign documents w ithout reading them .
3. polite com m ands:

Please leave a message on my voicemail.
Don't use the swim ming pool, please; it needs cleaning.
4. em phatic com m ands:

Read the instructions first, w ill you?

TASKS
Undertine positive commands once and negative commands twice in the following extract.
Please arrive at about 8.30. R egister w ith reception. You w ill be given a key. You may
relax u n til 9.30. At 9.30, please m eet at the Main Entrance. Don’t go directly to the
S em inar Room. Wait fo r your group leader. He/she w ill give you in stru ction s. Please
don’t telephone the office except in an emergency. F u rth e r in form a tion can be obtained
by em a il o r letter.
Exercise 2
Match the commands betow to the correct picture a-h.
1. Do not run on the walkways.

2. Please do not use m obile phones in th is area.
3. B uilding w o rk in progress. Please w e a r protective headgear.
U. Danger of radiation. Do not e n te r th is area.
5. Turn on yo ur headlights in the tunnel.
6. Do not touch. Danger of e le ctric shock.
7. Caution. Do not lig h t fires.
8. Switch off engine. Do not smoke.
c. e.
b. d.
Exercise 3
Jane Callow has a new Personal Assistant. Jane is in London on business. She leaves instructions
fo r h e r Personal Assistant. Complete h er instructions with positive commands for the tasks
m arked { / ) and negative commands fo r the tasks m arked (XL Use verbs in the box.
book/tickets { / } accept Ix j cbeck-IV-} listen to [ / ) write [ / } fix/appointments IXl
F irs t, ple a se ch e ck a ll th e p o s t Then______________voicemail_______________

______________fo r Friday o r Monday.______________ to M unich_______________ Kelso and TBM,
and fin a lly _______________lade & Co. s offer on Monday.
Transfer
Write three positive commands fo r a regular visitor to your home o r company. Write three negative
commands fo r the same person.
113
UNIT Sentence Types: Simple vs. Complex
57
A Sample sentences
• Prices have gone up.
• House prices w ill increase but w ages w on't rise.
• Expenses are high because he has to travel a lot.
• Organizations which need to save money often cut jobs.
B Form
A sim ple sentence has only one clause, i.e. contains one verb phrase.
We c a ll th is a main clause.
We must deliver the goods by Friday.

verb phrase
m ain clause
A com plex sentence has m ore than one clause, i.e. contains m ore than one verb phrase:
We can borrow from the bank or raise capital from the shareholders.
verb phrase 1 verb phrase 2
m ain clause 1 m ain clause 2
We are moving to a new office because the present building is too sm all.
verb phrase 1 verb phrase 2
main clause subordinate clause

In the firs t com plex sentence the two clauses are joined w ith or. We c a ll or a co-ordinating
conjunction. A co-ordinating conjunction jo in s two main clauses. There are three co-ordinating
conjunctions: and, but, or.
In the second com plex sentence the two clauses are joined w ith because. We ca ll because a
subordinating conjunction because it depends on the m ain clause. A subordinating conjunction
jo in s a main clause and a subordinate clause. Typical subordinating conjunctions are: because,
when, though, if, that, who/which.
C Uses
1. A sim ple sentence can be a statem ent, a question, o r a com m and:
W hen are you going to see him? (question)
The com mittee's next meeting is scheduled for August 22. (statem ent)
Don’t forget to send a copy of the report to everyone, (command)
2. C o-ordination is often m ore vague than subordination. Look at the follow ing sentences:
Finally, we appointed Susanne Schneider and we think that she'll be a good Research Director.
Finally, we appointed Susanne Schneider, who we think w ill be a good Research Director.
Finally, we appointed Susanne Schneider because we think that she w ill be a good Research
Director.
They have s im ila r m eanings, but the fin a l sentence is the m ost inform ative.
3. S ubordination shows the re lationship between the m ain clause and the subordinate clause:
A: OK, the green light, w h ich you can see here, is the first indicator.
(relative clause m akes specific)
Don't press the button u n til the green light goes on. (indicates tim e)
B: But w hat do we do i f the green light doesn't go on? (indicates condition)
A: This shows th a t the machine is not ready, (subordinate clause a fte r the verb to explain show ’)
1U P re -In te rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r
TASKS
E E E & l
Label the main clauses [MCI and the subordinate clauses [SCI in the following. Underline the
co-ordinating conjunctions and(circle)the subordinating conjunctions.
The Am co 75 w ent into production in the Spring. Sales were very good and we quickly
established a sig n ifican t m a rke t share. We have begun exporting the Am co 75, though
early sales are weak. We w ill have a satisfactory year if our exports improve. P rofit has
gone up th is year because o u r dom estic sales have increased. Our research has been
very productive but costs have risen. Now we have many co m p etito rs who are seen as
im p o rta n t dangers in som e key m arkets.
Exercise 2
Add appropriate conjunctions in the following dialogue. Choose from the box.
who because or and- though if
A: We need m ore office space and _ o u r staff want m ore co m p ute r equipm ent.
B: Yes, we have agreed to re cru it a no the r se cre ta ry,__________ we have not decided when.
A: But we need one now. There w ill be problem s we don’t get one soon.
B: I th in k there w ill be resignations _____ everyone is w o rkin g too hard.
A: I agree. People w ill re s ig n _____ they w ill sim ply be less effective at work.
B: I’m going to speak to P a tric k ,__ __ w ill accept tha t the situation is critica l.
Exercise 3
Look at the paragraph below. Hans Koeppel talks about his company. Count the sentences.
Are they sim ple or complex? Below it is the same paragraph, rew ritten with few er sentences.
Make them into complex sentences by putting one word in each space.
I w o rk fo r Arkop GmbH. Arkop m akes car com ponents. The com pany is based in
K irchheim . K irchheim is in S outhern Germany. This is a good location. Many of our
cu stom ers are very close. We s e ll o u r products a ll over Germany. We also export a lot.
Our dom estic m a rke t is the m ost im p o rta n t part of o u r business.
I work for Arkop GmbH _________ makes car components. The company is based in Kirchheim,
_________is in Southern Germany This is a good lo ca tion _________ many of our customers
are very close. We sell our products a ll over G erm any_________ we also export a lot,
our domestic m arket is the m ost im portant p a rt o f our business.
Transfer
Write six sim ple sentences about a company o r institution you know well. Then reduce the num ber
o f sentences by rew riting them as complex sentences.
115
UNIT Subordinate Clauses
See also
Unit 57 Sentence types: simple vs. complex
A Sample sentences
• We w orked quickly because w e had to m eet the deadline.
• A fter the MD presents the figures, you can ask your questions.
• I am going to buy a laptop so that I can w ork on the train.
• Although the mobile phone m arket has increased, growth has slowed.
• We have appointed a new Chief Executive, who used to w ork for ITCorp.
B Form
A subordinate clause depends on a main clause. It cannot stand by itse lf as a sentence.
We sold the prem ises because w e needed to raise extra capital.
main clause subordinate clause
Typical subordinate clauses sta rt w ith :
1. that:
The MD said that the company was making good profits.
2 . a subordinating conjunction:
If sales improve, the company w ill soon be profitable again.
The m ain subordinating conjunctions are:

because if when a fte r while so that so laljthough
3. a w h -w o rd or how -w ord:
We don't know when the new product w ill be launched.
the main w h -w o rd s and h ow -w o rd s are:

who which what when where why how how m uch/m any/long etc.
C Uses
Look at the follow ing sentences. Each sentence has a subordinate clause; and each subordinate
clause has a different meaning.
1. because - cause o r reason:
The business w ill succeed because we have recruited good staff.
2. if - condition:
We w ill reduce the fee i f you pay in advance.
3. although - contrast:
A lth o u g h we have reduced costs, profits have not increased.
Notes
We can use though o r although.
4. so that - purpose:
We are changing the way we do business so th a t w e can compete more effectively.
5. so (that) - result:
There was enough room so (th a t) w e could invite tw enty guests.
6. after - tim e:
A fte ry o u finish high school, you can go to university.
7. w h -w o rd - reported question and relative clause:
I would like to know w h y you are here, (reported question)
They jointly own the company w h ich w ill operate the pipeline, (relative clause)

TASKS
E G E M 1
Identify nine subordinating conjunctions or wh-words in the wordsquare betow. There are five
horizontal, three vertical and one diagonal.
B E C A U S E
T S B L 0 L R
H E M I I F F
0 M W T H A W
U K W C H I H
G T H R D P E
H S 0 0 X L N
Exercise 2
Match the main clause on the le ft with an appropriate subordinate clause on the right.
Main clauses Subordinate clauses

We w ill know if there are any problem s so it w ill need a lot of prom otion,
The product w ill be launched next week because we need a m ajor new success,
It’s a new concept a fte r the firs t six m o n th s ’ sales,
We are going to prom ote it heavily who have always been o u r key m arket,
We w ill ta rg et young people though at firs t only in the hom e m arket.
Exercise 3
Valbor Metal is trading in a d ifficult market. In an internal meeting, a m em ber o f the Board is
talking about the problems. Complete the following text with words from the box.
if though so where which because
‘We need to increase our p ric e s __________ our costs are rising. Many companies are in a sim ila r
p o s itio n ,__________ our costs are especially high. We have a strong export m arket __________
o ur sales are s till good. We have identified some key p ro b le m s_______ make the home
m arket very d ifficult at present. We w ill have continued p ro b le m s _______ __we do not take
some d ifficult decisions. There is no time to lose, we have to do something quickly. '
Transfer
Write five sentences with subordinate clauses about the m ajor em ployer in your home town,
o r about your company
117
UNIT Relative Clauses with Who and Which
See also
Unit 58 Subordinate clauses
A Sample sentences
• You need to speak to Chris Brown, who is in charge of m arketing.
• The person who interview s you w ilt supervise your w ork too.
• Most buyers are looking for a business which can grow.
• He applied for the post of sales director, which has been vacant since last month.
B Form
A relative clause is a type of subordinate clause.
Relative clauses begin w ith a relative pronoun.
Who and which are typical relative pronouns.
I can't find the annual report which they sent to us.

y. » ------- -----—* relative pronoun
main clause * --------- '
subordinate clause
There are two types of relative clauses:

— defining relative clauses
— non-defining relative clauses.
The case w h ich / le ft a t the a ir p o r t has a ll my papers in it. (defining)
Your case, w h ich has a ll y o u r p a p e rs in it, is at the airport, (non-defining)
A defining relative clause is w ritte n w ith o u t com m as; a non-defining relative clause
is w ritte n in com m as.
C Uses
1. Defining relative clauses give in form a tion w hich is e ssential to understand the sentence:
You are the only person who can answ er this question.
The clause who can answ er this question identifies the person; w ith o u t this inform ation, the
sentence has a d iffe re n t meaning.
This is the machine which can print 25 pages a minute.
The clause which can print 25 pages a m inute identifies the m achine; w ith o u t th is inform ation,
the sentence has a different m eaning.
2. N on-defining relative clauses give additional, non -e sse ntia l in form a tion :
Norbert, who(m ) we m et in New York, is visiting London next month.
The clause who(m ) we met in New York gives a dditional in fo rm a tio n ; we can s till identify
the person w ith o u t th is in form a tion .
I've read a ll of your papers, which I found very interesting.
The clause which I found very interesting gives a dditional in fo rm a tio n ; we can s till identify
the papers w ith o u t this in form a tion .
TASKS
E S E & i
Undertine five relative clauses in the text below. Label them defining clauses [Dj o r non-defining
clauses [NDj.
Salisbury
Tel: 01722 368359
Fax: 01722 368333
ANTIBIOTICS TODAY
The conference, w hich w ill discuss the action of a n tib io tics on
diseases, w ill be held at U niversity College, w hich is one of the
oldest colleges in the city. People w ho w ish to attend should send
an application fo rm to the P resident of the Society, who is in
charge of bookings. Anyone who is presenting a paper at the
conference w ill a u to m a tica lly receive fu ll details.
Combine the sentences below into single sentences with a relative clause.
1. Our clothes are very fashionable. They are p opular w ith young people.
Our clothes, which are very fashionable, are popular w ith young people.
2. The w om an said o u r collection was w o n de rfu l. She is the e d ito r of Style.
3. We use the best agencies to show o u r collection. They charge a lot of money.
4. We depend on m agazine publicity. This increases our in te rn a tio n a l reputation.
5. Many im p o rta n t m agazine editors attend the fairs. They have massive influence.
6. The design team is very experienced. They plan o u r participation.
S335ESB
Write sentences with the prom pts below. Include relative clauses using the words in brackets.
1. Our com pany (m akes floors) grow /by 10% per year.
Our company, which makes floors, is growing by 10% per year.
2. The D irecto r (came here yesterday) be/Italian.
3. Our m ain clie n ts (in Europe) b e/sports clubs.
4. In 2008 (record year) w e /s u p p ly /flo o rs /fo r the Olympic Games.
5. Our R and D in stitute (based at Newtown University) develop/new flo o r m aterials.
6. The flo o rs (w e/send/to F in la nd /la st year) are specially fo r o utd oo r use.
Transfer
Write four sentences, including relative clauses, about the town where you live.
119
UNIT Clauses of Cause or Reason with Because
See also
Unit 58 Subordinate clauses
A Sample sentences
• I am going to do the training because I w ill learn something from it.
• We spent the money because w e needed new equipment.
• I am calling because I would like your help.
B Form
A clause of cause/reason is a type of subordinate clause.
Clauses of cause/reason begin w ith a subordinating conjunction. (See Unit 58.)
Because is a subordinating conjunction of cause o r reason.
We manufacture in SE Asia because labour costs are low.

» ...... .................. * subordinating conjunction
m ain clause
subordinate clause
C Uses
Clauses of cause or reason answ er the question 'why?'; they present the cause or the reason.
A: Why are you leaving early?
B: I’m leaving because I want to catch my train.
A: And why are you joining ITCorp?
B: I am joining ITCorp because they have offered me an interesting job.
And why are you moving to SoftSys?
A: Because I've worked at ITCorp for 15 years and I need a new challenge.
A: Why are profits down?

B: I think they are down because turnover has fallen.
A: And why has turnover fallen?
B: I am sure it has fallen because raw m aterials are more expensive.
A: And why are raw m aterials more expensive?
B: In my opinion, it’s because we can’t buy them from Rotaronga.
TASKS
Underline the clauses o f cause o r reason in the following extract.
Our fin an cia l position changes during the year because o u r sales are seasonal. They
are seasonal because we have always been sp ecialists in w in te r clothing. This creates
problem s because in s u m m e r we have a shortage of money. We are planning to e nter
new m a rke ts because, if we do not, we w ill not survive.
Exercise 2
Complete the following by w riting clauses o f cause or reason based on the prom pts below.
1. We need a new factorv because our plant is too old. --------------

lo u r plant/be/too old]
2. We are going to build one next to the sea

lo u r business/need/sea transport]
3. This is also a good location

Iw e/be/near/train station]
4. We need a large developm ent site ....

Iwe/build/big warehouse]
5. We do not need many staff

Ithe company/have/an automated process]
6. We w ill keep costs down _ ...... ..............

Iwe/plan to employ/few people]
Exercise 3
Use the prom pts below to w rite a paragraph with clauses o f cause or reason with because.
Example:
John resigned because he was not happy. He was not happy because his salary was
too low. His salary was too low because he had few responsibilities. He had few
responsibilities because the company had too many m anagers.
Write a paragraph about yo ur recent activities. Include examples o f clauses o f cause or reason
with because.
121
UNIT Singular and Plural Nouns
# a
■ Unit 62 Countable and uncountable nouns
A Sample sentences
• The company has its main office in Hershey, Pennsylvania.
• The company has branches in 172 countries.
• The Japanese subsidiary is in Nagoya.
• The organisation employs 180,000 people w orldw ide.
B Form
A noun is a g ra m m a tica l unit. If we can put a or an in fro n t of the sin g u la r form of the noun,
we c a ll it a countable noun. (See U nit 62 fo r uncountable nouns.)
a company an account an agent a branch a firm an em ployer a meeting a magazine
We use a if the noun begins w ith a consonant; we use an if the noun begins w ith a vowel,
a job a factory a plant an agency an employee an industry an organisation
an update (but a union}
We ca ll these nouns countable because they have a sin g u la r and a p lu ra l form .
company account branch firm employer meeting magazine

Plural companies accounts branches firms employers meetings magazines
A fte r a sin g u la r noun we use a sin g u la r verb; a fte r a p lu ra l noun we use a p lu ra l verb.
The company makes cars.

s in g u la r noun sin g u la r verb
Our Directors often tra v el abroad.

p lu ra l noun p lu ra l verb
Notes
1. Some countable nouns only have a p lu ra l form . The m ost com m on is people:
There w ere 20 people at the m eeting, [not: there was 20 people)
The sin g u la r of people is person:

There is only one person who can solve this problem.
2. Some nouns only have a p lu ra l fo rm , but are not countable. Some com m on ones are:
assets 1financial1 contents funds Imoneyl headquarters prem ises Ibuildingsj savings
C Uses
Look at the follow ing sentences. Each sentence has at least one countable noun in the s in g u la r
o r the plural.
A: W here is your company based?

B: Our headquarters are in Bentonville, Arkansas, but we have branches a ll over the w orld.
A: And w hat about the m arket for your products?
B: At the moment the m arket is expanding and our turnover is increasing.
A: How many people does the company employ?
B: In total there are 3000 staff w orking for the company.
TASKS
Complete the following table. If no singular or p lu ra l form is possible, write x.

The firs t has been done for you.
singular
export exports fish
inform a tion tu rn ove r

research records
accountants capital
figure sales
Exercise 2
Complete the following text by choosing the correct alternative fo r each noun.
Every year/years the com pany publishes its a nnual account/accounts in a report fo r the
shareholder/shareholders. The m ain detail/details concern the fin a n cia l report. This
contains inform ation/inform ations about sale/sales, turnover/turnovers, cost/costs and
profit/profits. It also re p orts the asset/assets th a t are held by the company, and the
liability/liabilities. These are any debt/debts or cash/cashes th a t the com pany owes. A ll this
data/datas is presented in the pro fit and loss/profits and losses account and the balance sheet.
Exercise 3
Complete the dialogue by referring to the pictures a
A: Where is your _ (a )?
B: It's near O rleans but o u r __________ (b) is in Paris.
A: How m a n y __________ (c) do you have?
B: About 2,000 including o u r ______ >___ (d).
A: W hat’s the a n n u a l_________ (e)?
B: This year it ’ll be about £85m.
A: And w hat w ill be t h e _______ ’e) on that?
B: Around £5m.
G-Com
Estimate 4
(Year ending)
Turnover: £85m
Profit: £5m
Transfer
Write a short paragraph including the following nouns used either in the singular or in the p lu ral
as necessary
people office turnover p ro fit work s ta ff conditions

inform ation money problem colleague report
123
UNIT Countable and Uncountable Nouns
62
See also
Unit 61 Singular and plural nouns
A Sample sentences
• We buy a ll our computers from one supplier. We believe that they m ake the best equipment.
• Airlines make big profits on transatlantic flights but they lose money locally.
B Form
A noun is a g ra m m a tica l unit. If we can put a or an in fro n t of the noun, we ca ll it a countable
noun. (See Unit 61 fo r sin g u la r and p lu ra l nouns.) If we can't put a o r an in fro n t of the noun, we
ca ll it an uncountable noun.
Countable machine(s) detail(s) suggestion(s) coin(s) device(s) job(s) case(s)

Uncountable m achinery in fo rm a tio n advice m oney | e quipm ent w o rk baggage
A countable noun has a sin g u la r and p lu ra l fo rm ; an uncountable noun has only one form .
We would like to buy a machine.
s in g u la r countable
We would like to buy 20 machines.
p lu ra l countable
We would like to buy some machinery. [not: m achineries)
uncountable
A fte r an uncountable noun we use a sin g u la r verb.
The inform ation is in our brochure, [not: the in form a tion s are!
uncountable noun + s in g u la rv e rb
The equipment comes from Rotaronga.

uncountable noun + s in g u la rv e rb
C Uses
Look at the follow ing sentences. They show the use of countable and uncountable nouns.
A: Are you looking for a new job? [not: a new work)

B: Yes, my present w ork doesn't interest me. [or my present job)
A: I w ant to buy some cam era equipm ent.

B: W ell, my advice is to hire a cam era to begin with, [not: my advices)
A: Could you give me some inform ation about your training programm es? [not: some
inform ations)
B: Of course, I'll send you some details.
A: Excuse me, sir, is this your baggage? [not: your baggages)

B: Yes, I have one suitcase and my w ife has two suitcases.
TASKS
Read the following extract from a newspaper report. M ark a ll the nouns countable singular ICl,
countable p lu ra l (CPl, uncountable singular (U) o r uncountable p lu ra l (UPl.
CHANGES IN RETAILING
The rationalisation of retailing has been a major characteristic of
recent years and many small shops have disappeared. Large chains j
and supermarkets now dominate the sector In the UK, 70% of food is I
sold by just four retailers. Many people have criticised this trend. They
say it leaves the consumer with less choice.
Exercise 2
Underline the m istakes in the following sentences. Correct them.
1. Hello. I w ould like som e in fo rm a tio n s about your products.
Certainly. How can I help you?
2. How m any w o rks have you had since you left school?
I’ve had four.
3. I asked my bank m anager fo r an advice.
W hat did he say?
He told me to get a new work.
4. Please can I change this money? I need som e coin for the telephone.
W ith pleasure.
PLEASE DO NOT LEAVE BAGGAGES UNATTENDED
6. We have spent a lot of m oney on new m achines.

A ll the equipm ents in th is room are new.
Exercise 3
Complete the following.
1. We don’t have enough in form a tion . Ring them and ask fo r m ore d ___________
2. John w o rks fo r a com pany that m akes a g ric u ltu ra l m ___________
3. We are a financial services company. We give a ________ __on insurance, pensions and
o th e r aspects of m oney m anagem ent.
4. I asked him fo r a __________ _ He made two s ___________First, do more advertising and
secondly, find a new sales assistant.
5. Please can you help me w ith these c __________ ? They are very heavy.
6. John has changed his j _________ _. He now w o rks fo r a bank.
7. Many p __ _______ w o rk in insurance o r banking, but m ost w o rk in com m erce.
Transfer
Write sentences using fou r countable and four uncountable nouns.
125
UNIT Noun Compounds
63
See also
Unit 61 Singular and plural nouns
Unit 62 Countable and uncountable nouns
A Sample sentences
• The cost of making a telephone call has fallen.
• The advertising campaign was a big success.
• I went for a job interview today.
• He handed me his business card.
B Form
A noun com pound is a phrase w ith two or m ore nouns together, e.g.
computer software
noun + noun
1. The firs t noun is like an adjective; it gives m ore in form a tion about the second noun:
A: I need some inform ation.
B: W hat type of inform ation?
A: I need some product inform ation.
2. The firs t noun is n orm a lly in the sin g ula r:

finance director trade fair fax machine but sa le s manager
C Uses
We use noun com pounds because:
1. They are sh orte r:
A: W hat about Severcide?

B: There w ill be a m ajor product launch in 2012. [ra the r than the launch of the product)
A: And Herbigrade?
B: We are shortly going to launch an advertising campaign, [ra th e r than the cam paign
of advertising)
2. They have m ore im pact:
A: This approach to m anagem ent development requires a serious com m itm ent by the
organization, [rather than the developm ent of m anagem ent)
B: I agree. We need more training sem inars. (ra th e r than se m in a rs fo r training)
3. Usually stress fa lls on the firs t w ord of the com pound.
Notes
Some noun com pounds are w ritte n as one word:
chequebook taxpayer newspaper flow chart notebook
Some are w ritte n w ith a hyphen:

factory-w orker w ork-force air-conditioning tape-recorder
Some are w ritte n as two words:

employm ent law insurance claim adult education growth rate
Make nine noun compounds from the following words.
w e a th e r room s a te llite card id e n tity clo ck

c re d it a la rm co n ta in e r h o te l dish foreca st
in fla tio n m a rk e t ship rate share card
Exercise 2
Read the le tte r below. Rewrite it as a fax, replacing the underlined words with noun compounds.
EJ Metal Co Ltd, Unit 48, Ciough Rd Industrial Estate, Hull, HU6 4PY
Tel. 01482 662841 Fax 01482 662800
ARCO Ltd 12 Mar 20.

210 Kingsway
Blaydon NE6 4PR
Dear Sir or Madam,

Faxfrom P.J.O’Rourke EJM etal Co Ltd
Fax No 01482 662800 Tel 01482 662841
Please send some information about
products and a list of prices. I also To 0191-484-333129
need details of your services for Attention: Sales Office
customers and terms of payment. Please send *
In addition, I am interested in a
demonstration of vour products. I would
and details o f
like to arrange a meeting w ith one of
your representatives concerned with and
sales. Are your running any special I would like a and I want to arrange a
promotions for sales at the moment? meeting with a ._. Also, do you have any
Please send message bv fax to the special at present?Please send a
_______________ ,
above number
to the above number ASAP.
Yours sincerely Thanks
f i j . O ’R o u rk e P.J. O’Rourke
Exercise 3
Complete the noun compounds in the following.
1. When do you eat in the m iddle o f the day? I eat a t about lu n c h tim e .
2. If you apply for a job, you complete and send a j __________ a __________
3. The result o f the test is a t ___________ r __________
U. When you need to change money to another currency, you ask fo r the e _
r __________ _
5. If a company wants to spend money on advertising, it prepares an a_____
6. Before getting on a plane, you have to wait in the d
7. People who travel a lot on business make many b _
8. We use a lot o f computers. We live in an age o f i __
Transfer
Look in an English language newspaper o r magazine. Find ten examples of noun compounds.
UNIT Genitive Forms
See also
Units 61, 62, 63 Nouns
A Sample sentences
• I disagree w ith M r Bajaj’s statem ent.
• The article appeared in today’s edition of the Times.
• The company’s sales fe ll by 3.8% .
• She looked around for the ladies’ toilet.
B Form
We form the genitive of a noun w ith an apostrophe (’) or w ith the preposition of:
this year's results (= the re su lts of this year)
the Directors' decisions (= the decisions of the directors)
the launch of the product
the cost of m aterials
Note
W here we form the genitive w ith an apostrophe, we w rite :
— 's if the noun is singular, e.g. the company’s results (= the re su lts of the company)
— s' if the noun is plural, e.g. the companies’ results (= the re su lts of the companies)
C Uses
1. We typically use the genitive w it h 's o r s' w ith the follow ing nouns:
a. hum an nouns.- Dr M orton’s job
b. a n im a l nouns: the dog’s head
c. tim e nouns, today’s newspaper
d. location nouns: A m erica’s economy
e. organisation nouns: the Board’s decision {but the C hairm an of the Board)
2. We use the genitive w ith of when referring to things:

the Director of Research and Development
the minutes of the meeting
TASKS
Underline genitive form s in the following extract from a speech by Alex Conrad, Chief Executive o f
Tambo Inc., a food manufacturer.
'Tambo's re su lts are very good. Last year's fig u re s were also pleasing, but now our
tu rn o ve r has improved by 15%, Our co m p e tito rs’ re su lts are not as good. The w o rk of a ll
o u r staff has been excellent. Our products have answered the needs of o u r custom ers.
The com pany's dedication to quality has been total. The decision of the Board to e n te r new
m a rke ts was also very im p o rta nt. The fo rm e r Chief Executive, B ill Machin, made a very
big co ntribu tio n - B ill’s ideas m ade Tambo the success it is today.’
Exercise 2
Choose the correct genitive form fo r each o f the following.
1. a. the ca r of Fred
b. Fred’s car
c. Freds’ car
2. a. the c a r of the Chief Executive

b. the Chief Executive’s car
c. the Chief Executives’ car
3. a. the m a rke t share of KLP is 12%

b. KLP ’s m a rke t share is 12%
c. KLPs’ m a rke t share is 12%
4. a. the paper of yesterday

b. yesterday’s paper
c. yesterdays’ paper
5. a. the w o rk e rs ’ canteen
b. the canteen of the w o rke rs
c. the w o rke r's canteen
6. a. the design of the co m p ute r

b. the co m p ute r's design
c. the co m p u te rs’ design
Exercise 3
Complete the text below about the future for Frodo, an engineering company. Write appropriate
genitive form s to combine the words in brackets.
The results of the tests (results/testsj were very good. The__________ [report/Research
Director! was very positive. We hope that a l l __________ [custom ers/Frodol w ill like the new
product. We think it w ill m e e t__________ Ineeds/our customers!. I agree w ith ___________
[opinion/John Tudor]. He th in k s __________ [m arket share/Frodo) w ill increase. With this new
p ro d u ct,__________ [perform ance/next year] w ill be very good. As always, we m ust focus on the
__________ Iquality/our products and services]. The____________ Ispeech/Chairman] at the AGM
w ill say that quality and new products are m ost important.
Transfer
Look in an English language newspaper or magazine. Identify ten genitive forms.
UNIT Adjectives vs. Adverbs
65
See also
Unit 66 Comparison of adjectives
A Sam ple sentences

Our researchers are careful; they analyse the data carefully.
The city has a real problem w ith crim e; it w ill be really difficult to solve it.
His claims are com plete nonsense; these details are com pletely wrong.
B Form
Adjectives and adverbs are g ra m m a tic a l units.
1. Here are som e typical adjective endings and adjective form s:
2. O ther adjectives, p a rticu la rly sh o rt ones, do not have special endings:

good bad young old big sm a ll
3. Most adverbs are form ed by adding -ly to the ad ective:
definite useful commercial real total
definitely usefully commercially really totally
4. Some adjectives have the same fo rm as adverbs:

hard early late fast stra ig ht
He is a hard w orker, (adjective)
He words hard, (adverb)
C Uses
We use an adjective:
1. to give m ore in form a tion about a noun:
We need skilfu l m anagers.
adjective + noun
W hat type of managers? S kilful m anagers.
2 . a fte r the verb be:
She is fluent in English, [not: fluently)
We use an adverb:
1 . to give m ore in form a tion about a verb:
She speaks English fluently.
verb + adverb
How does she speak English? Fluently.

2. to give m ore in form a tion about an adjective:
The sales forecast was com pletely wrong.
adverb + adjective
How wrong is the sales forecast? Com pletely wrong.
3. to give m ore in form a tion about an adverb:
He chose his words extrem ely carefully.
adverb + adverb
4. to give m ore in form ation about a sentence:
F irstly, I'd like to apologize.
TASKS
SISSIOSSSSDI
Label eight adjectives ladjl and seven adverbs (advj in the following extract from a report on
MODO, a clothing company.
Excellent re su lts have helped MODO. In an unusually w et sum m er, the com pany did
really w ell. The fashionable clothes were p opular w ith young consum ers. Now the
com pany w ill definitely increase its production. Staff are busily planning an equally
successful range fo r next year, but the m a rke t w ill be very com petitive.
Exercise 2
Complete the crossword with adjectives and adverbs using the clues below.
A cross
1 competes w ell (11)
5 one left over; n o t even (3)
7 n ot right (5)
10 the same (9)
11 in telligent (6)
12 n ot late (5)
15 o fte n (10)
16 d iffic u lt or n o t so ft (4)
Down
2 n ot young (3)
3 new fo r the m arket (10)
4 more or less (13)
6 n o t going fast (6)
8 fundam ental (7)
9 every three m onths (9)
13 obvious (5)
14 arriving w hen the plane
has le ft (4)
Exercise 3
Complete the following dialogue. Two managers are discussing plans. Choose the correct
alternative.
A la n : The changes in the m a rke t are going to affect the com pany quite serious/seriously.
Helga: We need to m ake som e quick/quickly decisions.
A la n : We urgent/urgently need a new m a rketing strategy.
Helga: Fortunately/fortunate, the products are excellent/excellently.
A la n : I agree absolute/absolutely, but we have to get people interesting/interested.
Helga: I m confidently/confident tha t we w ill do that.
A la n : Good, because o u r sales have fallen dram atic/dram atically.
Transfer
Describe a business you know well. Describe its activities and trading performance. Use words
like good, big, usually, modern, quickly, absolutely, etc.
131
UNIT Comparison of Adjectives
66
See also
Unit 65 Adjectives vs. adverbs
A Sam ple sentences

Prices are higher than in July last year.
Train services are getting m ore expensive.
Networking is the most effective way to find a job.
Japan's crim e rate is the lowest of any industrialized country.
B Form
Many adjectives have three fo rm s: positive, com parative and superlative:
Last year Manson had h ig h profits, (positive adjective)
Last year Burton had h ig h e r profits than Manson. (com parative adjective)
Checkout had th e h ig h e s t profits, (superlative adjective)
1. If the positive adjective has one syllable, we fo rm the com parative
by adding -e r and the superlative by adding -est:
Positive
long longer longest
high higher highest
cheap cheaper cheapest
If we com pare two objects, we use than in the com parative:

Burton's profits are higher th a n Manson's.
If we com pare m ore than two objects, we use the in the superlative:
Checkout has the highest profits.
2. If the positive adjective has two syllables and ends in -y, -ow or -le, we form the com parative by
adding -e r and the superlative by adding -est. (If the adjective ends in -y, the y changes to i; if
it ends in -le, we add - r and -st):
Positive
easy easier easiest
narrow narrower narrowest
simple simpler simplest
3. For o th e r adjectives w ith two syllables o r more, we fo rm the com parative w ith more and
the superlative w ith most:
Positive Comparative
modern more modern most modern
expensive more expensive most expensive
competitive more competitive most competitive
4. There is a s m a ll group of adjectives w ith irre g u la r com parative and superlative form s:
good bad little much far

better worse less more farther/further
| best worst least most farthest/furthest
C Uses
1. If we com pare two objects, we use than in the com parative:
Burton's products are more expensive than Manson's, but th e ir profits are higher.
2. If we com pare m ore than two objects, we use the in the superlative:
Checkout has th e most expensive prices and the highest profits.

TASKS
Complete the following table.
Positive C om parative S u p e rla tive

cheap
stro ng
m odern
m ore u se fu l
w orse
m ost experienced
near
m ore co m fo rta b le
w eak
m ost d iffic u lt
m ost
less
Exercise 2
Look at the graph. Mark the sentences true IT] o r false IF].
A unit price
unit £8.20 1. Product B :he m ost successful.
sales ■*.B unit price
£9.00 2. Product A
v - C unit price 3. Product C □

“ i— r 1 — i— i— r “ I----T I
£11.70
U. Product B □
05 06 07 08 09 10
5. Product A □
6. Product B □
Exercise 3
Look at the table below comparing three banks.
Capital reserves l$) M arket share % Branches

Rotobank Ltd (RB) 1,200m 4 750
Credit Bank fnt (CB) 1,955m 9 ‘ U70
Gold Bank inc (GB) 11,000m 2 620
Write sentences comparing the three banks. Use form s o f sm alt, big, m uch 12], strong.
Gold Bank has the fe w e s t branches. It has a __________ m arket share than Rotobank Ltd.
Gold Bank h a s __________ capital reserves. It i s ___________ bank. In term s o f branches, Credit
Bank International is __________ than the other two banks. It has m a n y______ ___ branches. It
also h a s __________ capital reserves than Rotobank Ltd.
Transfer
Compare your country with another country you know. Write six sentences.
133
UNIT Adverbs
67
See also
Unit 65 Adjectives vs. adverbs
A Sample sentences
Firstly, we offer inform ation and advice.
The com puter w ill be delivered soon.
Please check your order carefully.
Government spending is slightly higher than forecast.
B Form
1. Most adverbs are form ed by adding -ly to the adjective, e.g. quick - quickly. (See Unit 65.]
2. Some adjectives have the same fo rm as adverbs, e.g. hard, late. (See Unit 65.)
3. Some adverbs have no adjective fo rm , e.g. very, soon, outside.
4. The adverb of good is well.
C Uses
1. There are three types of adverbs:
a. Adverbs of place answ er the question where?:

H er husband was working abroad. (Where was her husband w orkin g ? Abroad.)
You can eat outside if you w ant to. (Where can you eat? Outside.)
I'm afraid Dr Fleischer has gone home. (Where has Dr Fleischer gone? Home.)
b. Adverbs of tim e answ er the question when?, how long? or how often?:
Can we ta lk about this tom orrow ? (When can we ta lk about this? Tomorrow.)
I have always lived in Boston. (How long have you lived in Boston? Always.)
We never sell any of our m ailing lists. (How often do you s e ll you m ailing lists? Never.)
(See Unit 67.)
c. Adverbs of m a n ne r answ er the question how?:

The unemploym ent rate rose steadily. (How did it rise? Steadily.)
I am very pleased by the progress we made. (How pleased? Very pleased.)
The company is perform ing quite w ell. (How is the com pany p erform ing? Well. How w ell?
Quite well.)
2. Position of adverbs
We can often put adverbs in d iffe re n t positions in a sentence. The three main positions are:
At the beginning i n the middle At the end

Soon profits w ill increase. Profits w ill soon increase. Profits w ill increase soon.
The position of the adverb in the m iddle depends on the verb:

I often travel abroad, (before the verb where there are no auxiliaries)
I have often travelled abroad, (a fter the firs t auxiliary)
I am usually at my desk by 8 o'clock, (after the verb be)
Where there is both an adverb of place and an adverb of tim e at the end of a sentence, you put
place before tim e, e.g. He w ent abroad yesterday, {not: yesterday abroad)
TASKS
Label the adverbs below place (P], time IT] o r m anner (Ml.
fast abroad never quietly soon on time

currently late outside tom orrow hard since Monday
Exercise 2
M r Roach had to go to a business meeting at 2 o ’clock. Look at the pictures below. Complete the
sentences using words from the box.
calm ly yesterday suddenly fortunately urgently

ju s t in time too late very fast early im m ediately
1 . _________ M r Roach got u p ___________ 5. He lo o ked _______ for a taxi.
2. He had a coffee, th e n __________ began to 6. The taxi w e n t__________ to the airport.

read the paper
7. He was _________ fo r the plane.
3 . _________ he noticed the time.
8 - he was n o t__________ for
U. __________ he ran out o f the house. the meeting.
Exercise 3
Complete the following sh ort dialogue. Use the words in the box.
im m ediately m i back carefully w ell la te r tom orrow
A: Is M rs King there?
B: No, sorry. She is out.
A: When w ill she b e ___________ ?
B: Perhaps s h e 'll be b a c k __________ today.
A: OK. I’ll p h o n e ___________
B: Can I take a message?
A: Well, yes please. Tell h er the meeting w ith Blanchard w ent v e ry ___________We have
to prepare a c o n tra c t__________ , but it m ust be d o n e ___________ The details are very
im portant.
B: OK. Thanks. Goodbye.
Transfer
How long have you lived in your town? When do you norm ally have a holiday?
How w ell do you speak English ? Where do you go a fte r work?
135
UNIT Expressions of Frequency
68
See also
Unit 67 Adverbs
A Sample sentences
• How often do you see her?
• We always keep cash for em ergencies.
• He rarely goes out to dinner.
• The industry holds a trade exhibition twice a year.
B Form
We can divide expressions of frequency into indefinite frequency and definite frequency.
1. Indefinite frequency
These phrases te ll us approxim ately how often som ething happens:
most often
usually/norm ally
often
som etimes
rarely/setdom
never
least often
We usually sell our products through a netw ork of agents.

They never offer our com petitors' products.
2. D efinite frequency
These phrases te ll us m ore precisely how often som ething happens in a period of tim e:
once a m inute every m inute hourly

twice an hour every m orning w eekly
three tim es a day . every night m onthly
fo u r tim e s a w eek every year q u a rte rly
five tim es a m onth every Monday annually
m any tim es a year every July yearly
We review our sales figures twice a year.

We print a new brochure annually.
C Uses
1. Q uestions about frequency:
How often do you go to head office?
2. S tatem ents about frequency:

We norm ally charge £25 for replacing cards which have been lost or stolen.
(See Unit 67 C2 fo r position of adverbs.)
Usually the em ployer pays a certain num ber of dollars per hour, (special em phasis)
We launch new products twice a year, (n o rm a l position)
Once a year w e carry out a custom er survey, (special em phasis)

TASKS
Make frequency adverbs from the following ju m b le d letters. Then num ber them 1-7, in order of
frequency.
always
Exercise 2
Complete the following phrases with an expression o f frequency, based on the w ordlsj in brackets.
1. I go to London__________ IJanuary and Junej.
2. We have m e e tin g s_IMonday, Tuesday, Wednesday, etc.I.
3. Our share price changes__________ [1 p.m., 2 p.m., etc.].
4. I write a sales report (Friday afternoon].
5. We report to Head Office __ IMonday, Wednesday and Friday].
_______ [December].
6. Our Sales Report is p u b lish e d _______
7. I __________ go to America on business Izero].
Exercise 3
Two people are in an a irp o rt departm ent lounge in Amsterdam. They are waiting fo ra flight to
New York. Complete p art o f the conversation with frequency expressions from the box.
always how often frequently usually[2] times a day

twice norm ally som etim es rarely never
W im : do you go to New York?

M a u rice : We have an office there, so I have to go about once or a month.
W im : Do y o u _ ______ fly w ith KLM?
M a u rice : W ell. I __ use KLM because my p a rtn e r w o rks in A m sterdam . I
visit him before I go to New York, but I fly B ritish Airways from London.
W im : Are there a lot of flig h ts to New York from London?
M aurice: Oh yes. There’s one about s ix _________
W im : W ell, before the flig h t, I’ll get som e Duty Free. I ___ ___ get som ething.
M aurice: Really? I _________ do. I don't sm oke and I ________ d rin k so I don’t buy anything
from Duty Free.
Transfer
Write sentences about what you do and do not do. Use frequency adverbs to say how often.
UNIT Degree with Very, Too and Enough
See also
Unit 67 Adverbs
A Sample sentences
• It is very difficult to estim ate the size of the m arket.
• There is too much w ork for one person.
• The building is not big enough fo r our needs.
B Form
Very, too and enough are adverbs. (See Unit 67.)
We put very and too before an adjective o r adverb:
Rotaronga is a very industrial region.
adjective
In fact, industry has grown too quickly.
adverb
We put enough a fte r an adjective or adverb:
Social services have not increased fast enough.
adverb
Note
We put enough before a noun:
The area already has enough factories.
noun
C Uses
1. Very m akes the m eaning of an adjective or adverb stronger:
A: A ll his staff are intelligent.
B: Yes, and some of them are very intelligent.
A: They answered our questions quickly.
B: Yes, but they didn't answ er them very accurately.
2. Too m eans m ore (or less) than necessary; enough m eans acceptable:
A: Our m anufacturing tim e is too slow.
B: I agree, it is not fast enough. But our w orkers are w e ll paid.
A: Yes, but they think th e ir w ages are not high enough. They think they are paid too little.
3. Now look at the follow ing dialogue:

A: Sales w ere not very good this year.
B: I know, and the costs are too high.
A: Our custom er service is not fast enough.
B: I agree. We must do something very quickly.

TASKS
faSBfBBSn
Add very, too or enough to the following phrases.
__________ time __________ dangerous difficult
not big strong im portant
beautiful profitable many people
Exercise 2
Complete the comments on these dishes in a restaurant.
1. 'There’s much on the p la te .’ 4. 7 can't eat this! I t ’s h o t!’
Z e C 04 d ’O r
fjl0
3. 'The tab le ’s sm all. 6. ‘The m eal was expensive.
Exercise 3
Complete the following exchanges with appropriate words.
A: T here’s a lot of tra ffic on the roads.
B: Yes, I agree. T here’s __________ m uch.
A: The Chien Andalou re stau ra n t is one of the best in town,
B: Yes, and n o t__________ expensive. Everything is _______ fresh.
A: I like jazz m usic.

B: Yes, if it is n ’t __________ m odern.
A: A lot of m odern jazz i s __________ good.
A: How was your m eeting w ith Kasham uro?

B: Good.
A: How good?
B: G ood___________We agreed to w o rk together.
Transfer
Write six sentences about yo u rse lf and your work o r studies. Include very, too and enough.
UNIT Already, Yet, Again and Still
See also
Unit 67 Adverbs
A Sample sentences
• Have you got your m edical insurance yet?
• We have already sold more than 300 units.
• When w ill you play it again?
• The company can s till afford to advertise.
B Form
Already, yet, again and still are adverbs of tim e. (See Unit 68.)
1. We put already at the end of a sentence or in the m iddle of a sentence:

We have prepared the sales forecast already.
We already use the latest softw are; we have already installed it on our PCs.
2. We usually put yet at the end of a sentence:

A: Have you signed the contract yet?
B: Yes, but I haven't sent it back yet.
3. We usually put again near the end of a sentence:

A: I look forw ard to hearing from you again soon.
B: Right. So, Til contact you again next w eek.
U. Note the position of still:

The building is s till under construction, (after the verb be)
They are s till constructing the w arehouse, (after the firs t m odal o r auxiliary)
We s till plan to open the new factory in September, (before the m ain verb)
C Uses
1. Already m eans 'by th is /th a t tim e '; we use it in positive statem ents:
This year we have already hired 50 people, (by th is tim e, i.e. by now)
2. Yet m eans ‘by th is /th a t tim e ’ ; we use it in negative state m e n ts and questions:
A: Have you filled in your tax return yet? (by now)

B: No, in fact I haven't got the form yet.
3. Still m eans ‘up to th is /th a t tim e ’ :

I am s till w orking on the case, (up to th is tim e) (I haven’t finished it yet.)
M r Broadbridge was s till finalising arrangem ents yesterday, (up to tha t tim e)
(He hadn't finished m aking a rra n ge m e nts yet.)
4. Again m eans ‘a no the r tim e ’ or ‘as before’ :

Profits are increasing again, (as before)
TASKS
Read the following text. Underline examples o f already, yet, again and still. Then m ark the
statem ents that follow as true [Tj o r false IF}.
John is s till w aiting fo r a new contract. The com pany have not agreed the te rm s yet. John
may leave. In fact he's already had an interview w ith a no the r company. Anyway, to m o rro w
he's going to ta lk to his boss again about the contract.
1. John has already agreed a new contract.
2. He has s till not agreed the te rm s of his contract.
3. He has already left the company.
Un He has already discussed the co ntract w ith his boss.
5. He is going to see his boss again.
Exercise 2
Choose already, yet, again or still to complete the dialogue below.
Lee: Are y o u __________ se llin g the Arco 26?

Klaus: Yes, it i s __________ doing w ell.
Lee: Have you made a re p la c e m e n t__________ ?
Klaus: Yes, the Arco 28 i s __________ available.
Lee: Are you going to stop m aking the 26?
Klaus: Yes, but n o t___________
Lee: I tho u gh t you planned to stop m aking it.
Klaus: Last year we planned to stop, but we changed o u r m ind. This year we also planned
to stop, b u t __________ we have continued. The 26 i s ___________ very popular.
Exercise 3
Complete the text below with a word in each space.
Last year o ur sales overseas were down. This year exports a re ___________ poor. We expect low
export p ro fits __________ , but the good news is that in o ur domestic m arket we have________
reached o ur targets. Overall, things are not s e rio u s __________ The situation w ill be clearer at
the end o f the year.
Transfer
Write six sentences about yo u r actions or yo ur plans. Include already, yet, again and still.
UNIT Articles
71
See also
Units 61, 62 Nouns
A Sample sentences
They signed a contract to purchase two planes.
He's an agent for an insurance company.
The address of the company is on the policy.
At present sales are increasing.
B Form
There are three fo rm s of the a rticle :
1. atn) - the indefinite article:

Can I make a phone call?
2. the - the definite a rticle :

The phone is on the left.
3. 0 - the zero a rticle :

There are phones in a ll offices.
C Uses
1. A(n) - the indefinite a rticle
We use a(n) w ith sin g u la r countable nouns (see Unit 61) when we use a word
fo r the firs t tim e:
A com puter usually has a keyboard.
2 . 0 - the zero a rticle

We use the zero a rticle w ith:
a. uncountable nouns:
Hardware and softw are are getting cheaper.
b. p lu ra l countable nouns, when we are speaking generally:
Computers are very useful machines.
c. proper nam es and places:
M r Brown arrived at Charles de Gaulle airport at 9.30.
3. The - the definite a rticle

We use the definite a rticle when:
a. we m ention a word fo r the second tim e:
A com puter usually has a hard disk. The hard disk stores data.
(a fo r the firs t m ention; the fo r the second)
b. it is clear w hat the speaker m eans:
The PC on the desk is new. (There is only one PC on the desk.)
You'll find your new PC on the desk. (There is only one desk.)
c. we ta lk about in stitutio n s:
The M inister of Education made a speech at the University of Ontario.
Did you see it on the TV?
TASKS
A travel agent telephones Henry Fish with details o f his trip to M unster in Germany Underline all
definite and indefinite articles. Indicate zero articles before uncountable nouns and before p lu ral
countable nouns with a zero 101.
'Mr Fish? I have, got details for your trip to Munster today. First, the
flight. There's a British Airways flight from London Heathrow to
Dusseldorf at 16.05 from Terminal 1. It arrives at 17.35. Then you can
take a train to Munster from the central station at 18.45. The train
arrives in Munster at 20.15. Coming back there's a flight to
Manchester at 16.30, arriving at Manchester Airport at 17.50. There
are trains every hour from Manchester to Leeds. You also asked
about money and the ticket. You can change money at Heathrow
and pick up the flight ticket from the B.A. desk in Terminal 1.'
Exercise 2
Read the dialogue about a problem in a chem ical plant. Put in articles where necessary.
Arne: We’ve g o t__________ im p o rta n t safety problem o n ___________ production line in

__________ West B u ild in g ____________m achine is not w o rkin g properly.
Steve: Have you taken any action?
Arne: Yes, one o f ______ engineers has sw itched it off_________________ valve is losing
__________ oil.
Steve: W hat d id __________________ m aintenance say?
Arne: __________ technician said he th in k s ___________ valve needs to be replaced.
Steve: So, are we lo s in g __________ production?
Arne: Yes. A s __________ re s u lt,___________ production is down by 15%.
Exercise 3
Below is an advertisem ent flye r from Beelo 0E Ltd, office furniture designers. Complete the text
with definite o r indefinite articles in the spaces if necessary.
Beelo Comodo 20 On left is

Comodo 20. Like all
new office chair,
Beelo
chairs, it is made from materials th a t
\l \ a re to ta llv fire resistant b ut last
\\ I— ^ verv Iona tim e. tests
allow us to give you 5 year warranty
on this superb chair. Great value at
only to $149.95.
sj3 (sJ
0 ff\ « C 0 » f0 K t! For rapid service telephone FREEPHONE

OffICE STYLE'. 800800 now!!
Transfer
Look at any sh ort text from an advertisement, a newspaper or a magazine in English.
Circle the use o fte n definite, indefinite, o r zero articles.
143
UNIT Personal Pronouns
72
See also
Unit 73 Possessive and reflexive pronouns
A Sample sentences
• We are going to m eet them tom orrow.
• I’ll send them fu ll details.
B Form
We use a pronoun in place of a noun:
The company is based in Bolton. It employs 200 people.
(= the company)
This is the Marketing Director. She joined the organisation three years ago.
(= the female Marketing Director)
P ersonal pronouns have two fo rm s: subject and object.
1st person singular I me

plural we us
2nd person singular you you
plural you you
3rd person singular masculine he him
feminine she her
non-personal it it
plural they them
Ill callyou next week.

subject + object
We showed all the samples to them.
subject + object
Notes
1. We use he/him fo r men and boys; we use s he/her fo r w om en and g irls;
we use it fo r a ll n on -p e rso na l form s.
2. We use the object form a fte r prepositions:

The inform ation w ill be w ith them next w eek.
C Uses
A: I’d like to introduce you to Karen Pusey.
B: I m et her last w eek. She is the new publisher.
A: Yes, you are right. I forgot you w ere with us here last week,
Note
I am sending you our latest catalogue. (I = the person)
We are sending you our latest catalogue. (We = the company)
TASKS
Underline 13 personal pronouns in the dialogue below.
Alice: Good m orning. Ascis Ltd. How can I help you?

Don: Hello, Alice. Don Peters here. I’m calling fro m Bangkok.
Alice: M r Peters, nice to hear you again. How are things?
Don: Oh fine. We’re doing very w e ll. Now, I'd like to ta lk to Lena. Isshe in?
Alice: No, she had to go to Luxem bourg to ta lk to o u r agents. They’re having a m eeting today.
But Paul’s here. Do you w ant to speak to him?
Don: OK, I’ll do that. Thank you.
Exercise 2
Wim van d e rJ o n k visits Educo, an Irish producer o f educational materials. Here is p a rt o f a
conversation with Joe Keeley, a Sales Manager. Write personal pronouns in the spaces.
Joe: So, w hat c a n _________ do f o r __________ ?

Wim: W e ll,_________ w o n de r if you can h e lp __________? My com pany im p o rts DVDs fo r
schools and co lle ge s__________ w ould like a catalogue and a price list. C a n __________
le t _________ have these?
Joe: Of course. T e ll_________ , where a r e _________ from ?
Wim: My com pany is A-Tech nv__________ are based in Rotterdam , in the N etherlands.
Joe: R eally?_________ have two agents in A m ste rd a m ____________ usually handle o u r Dutch
business. W o u ld _________ like to c o n ta c t__________ ?
Wim: Oh yes. That w ould be fine.
Joe: One is W illy L e e r._________ s Dutch. The o th e r is Susan G riffin ___________s English.
_________ Tl g iv e _________ a ll the details.
Exercise 3
Rewrite the em ail below. Replace the words in brackets with personal pronouns.
Date: | 15/03/2011 ~| Date: | 15/03/2011

To:
To:
| john.krupp@ bwdpress.co.uk )
I john.krupp@ bwdpress.co.uk
From: | [email protected] uk |
From: j [email protected]
Subject: | Andrew Heysink _j
Subject: j A ndrew Heysink
Dear John
I have sent (John) by email a report on the above

employee. (Andrew Heysink) has been unwell for
some weeks. (Andrew Heysink) is unable to do his
work. (The Personnel Department) have suggested a I
transfer to the kitchen. Unfortunately the kitchen
staff are not happy. (The kitchen staff) have referred M
to Susan Jenkins. (Susan Jenkins) was made
redundant 4 weeks ago to reduce costs. (John and
Sam) should meet to discuss a solution. Please
contact (Sam) as soon as possible.
Best regards J
▲
Sam *
Transfer
Write one o r two paragraphs about some o f your colleagues. Include as many personal pronouns
as you can. Underline the personal pronouns.
Example:
Two colleagues w o rk w ith m e. They are . . .
145
UNIT Possessive and Reflexive Pronouns
See also
Unit 72 Personal pronouns
A Sam ple sentences

• We scheduled our m eeting for the next morning.
• She sailed the Atlantic Ocean by herself.
• We discussed my ideas to reorganize the company.
• T heir products are not as good as ours.
B Form
We use a pronoun in place of a noun.
1. We use a possessive pronoun in place of a possessive (genitive) noun:

A: My name is Robert Wagner.
B: Pleased to m eet you. Mine's Sandra Fratelli.
2. We use a reflexive pronoun when the object is the sam e as the subject:
I would like to introduce myself.
subject = object
• I lljlS
-* ■
iilSEBSiil
1st person singular my mine myself
plural our ours ourselves
2nd person singular your yours yourself
plural your yours yourselves
3rd person singular masculine his his himself
feminine her hers herself
non-personal its its itself
plural their theirs themselves
Notes
1. We use the possessive d e te rm in e r in fro n t of a noun:
We would like to reduce our overheads.
possessive d e te rm in e r + noun
2. We use the possessive pronoun in place of a possessive d e te rm in e r + noun:

A: Our company employs 300 people. W hat about yours? (your company)
B: Ours is much sm aller, (our company)
C Uses
1. Possessive pronouns:
A: My company develops softw are products. (I am the ow ner of the company.)
B: Are you the owner?
A: Yes, the company is m ine, (m ine = my company)
A: More than 600 people w ork at our factory in Chippewa Falls.

(I am an employee of the company.)
B: So many?
A: Yes, ours is the biggest factory in the group, (ours = o u r factory)
2. Reflexive pronouns:
Welcome to our first meeting. First, I’d like to introduce myself. I'm Janet Aspinall.
Now could you say a few words about yourselves?

TASKS
pBTHHUI
Underline examples o f possessive and reflexive pronouns in the extract below. Label them
RIreflexive], PDIpossessive determ iners] o r PPIpossessive pronouns].
As you know we did the m a rke t research ourselves. I am sending o u r re p ort to a ll

m anagers. T heir co m m ents can be sent to me before o u r next m eeting. M ichael and Maria
w ill study the com m ents. T h eir job w ill be to produce a new version of the report. The fin al
conclusion w ill also be the irs. Alex Je nn e r may also add som ething him self. Everyone
should feel tha t his or her views have been fu lly considered. Naturally, a ll opinions are
im p o rta nt, including yours, so do contact me if you need to.
Exercise 2
Correct the following sentences.
1. Mary w o rks by him self.

2. She keeps a record of a ll ourselves accounts.
3. Fred and Alex made th is prototype. It’s his design and they made it himselves.
U. Anna w o rks here. This is hers office.
5. Can you te ll me about you?
6. I w o rk fo r me. I’m se lf employed.
7. I own the company. It’s of me.
Exercise 3
Complete the sentences below each picture. Include a possessive or reflexive pronoun.
3. Marta and Jack have cars. _

1. Fred h u r t_____________.
is b ig ,_____ ____ is small.
He h it __________ finger.
2. Salty types a tt. _______ We doa t l ------------- designs------------------.

le tte rs _____ ____ fv^en the packaging is _________.
Transfer
Write five sentences about you and your family, or about colleagues at work. Use possessive and
reflexive pronouns.
I U7
UNIT Demonstratives
1 U
A Sample sentences
• A: Hello, is that the M arketing Departm ent?
B: No, this is Customer Services.
• A: I don’t think these results are correct.

B: W ell, I’ve checked those results very carefully. I think they are right.
B Form
D em onstratives point to som ething near or som ething fa r away:
I don't understand this analysis, (the analysis here)
I didn't attend that presentation, (the presentation there o r then)
D em onstratives can be pronouns (see Unit 72) o r d ete rm ine rs:

Could you spell that, please. (= tha t word o r name)
pronoun
Those points are very im portant.
d e te rm in e r
iS IS iffl SbmI
Near reference this these
Far reference that those
C Uses
1. N ear reference can be:
a. near in space:
His secretary left these documents for you to look at. (the docum ents here)
b. near in tim e:
Can I come and stay w ith you this week? (the week now)
c. near in the text:
Payment should reach us by 1st July. This guarantees your rights, (payment by 1st July)
2. Far reference can be:

a. fa r in space:
Look at those two men. (the two men there)
b. fa r in tim e:
A: Can we m eet on Tuesday?
B: I'm afraid I w ill be in Auckland that day. (the day then)
c. fa r in the text:
In your report you recommended early payment. I don't think that is a good idea.
(early payment)
TASKS
igggsii
Cathy is showing a visitor around h er company Look at the demonstratives in the sentences below.
Label them near [N j o r far [F j + singular ISI or p lu ra l IP}. The firs t has been done fo r you.
1. This (NS) is Peter, our Warehouse Manager.'

2. That’s ( ) o u r Finance D e p artm en t.’
3. Those ( ) vans are local deliveries.’
U. This ( ) is where we take telephone orders.
5. These ( ) goods are ready fo r despatch.’
6. That ( ) o rd er is fo r a cu sto m e r in Dubai.’
Exercise 2
Carla and Petra are spending an evening together in a hotel. Complete the following exchanges
with appropriate demonstratives.
1. IIn the hotel lobby I

C a rla : What are a l l __________ people doing here?
P etra : I th in k there is a conference here tom orrow .
2. [Entering the bar.1
C a rla : ________ . is a nice bar!
P etra : Yes, very nice!
3. ILater, in the restaurant.)
W a ite r: Good evening___________is your table by the window.
U. [Looking at the menu.I
C a r l a : __________ is a d iffic u lt decision. There are so m any good things to eat.
5. [A fter the m eal.l
P e t r a : __________ m eal was really good.
C a rla : Yes, I really liked the fish.
P e tra : Yes,___________langoustines were superb.
6. [At the end o f the evening.1
C a rla : _________ _ was a very pleasant evening.Thank you very much.
I’ll see you to m o rro w at about 9 o’clock.
Exercise 3
Alex works f or a drinks manufacturer. He is m aking a presentation. Complete the spaces with a
demonstrative.
1 . ________ picture shows our best seller, ZIGGO___________ is very popular with children.
A few m inutes ago I mentioned PIPPO________ __ is also m ainly fo r children.
2. Last year we agreed new prices. Now we k n o w __________ prices were too low.
3. In term s o f m arket share, there are five very sm all players. A t least two o f ___________ w ill
disappear, e ith e r__________ year o r next.
Transfer
Look around you. Write fou r sentences about things you can see using this, these, that and those.
149
UNIT Some and Any
75
See also
Units 61, 62 Nouns
Unit 76 Some, any and related words
A Sample sentences
• We are waiting for the delivery of some new equipment.
• I didn't buy any tickets.
• Have you received any inform ation about the event?
• If you have any fu rth e r questions, please call me.
B Form
Some and any can be pronouns (see Unit 72) and d ete rm ine rs.
1. We use a pronoun in place of a noun:

A: We need more toner for our printer. I'd like to order some, (some toner)
B: And w hat about paper?
A: No, we don't need any at present, (any paper)
2. We use a d e te rm in e r in fro n t of a noun:

A: Do you have any questions?
B: Yes, I have some questions about your figures.
Positive statem ents egative statem ents Questions
D eterm iner I need some information. I don’t need any information. Do you need any information?
Pronoun I’d like some, please. I don’t need any. Do you need any?
C Uses
We use some and any w ith p lu ra l nouns, e.g. managers, and w ith uncountable nouns,
e.g. information.
1. Some
a. in positive statem ents:
A: We are interested in buying some com puter keyboards, (some + p lu ra l noun)

B: I see. We have some in stock at present. I can show you some now. (pronoun)
A: Good. I'd like to see some different equipm ent, (some + uncountable noun)
b. in polite offers:
B: Would you like to see some now? (pronoun)
2. Any
a. in questions:
A: Do you s ell any Am erican products? (any + p lu ra l noun)

B: Yes, we s ell this keyboard, but have you read any inform ation about it?
(any + uncountable noun)
b. in negative statem ents:
A: No, I haven't seen any. (pronoun)

I haven't read any reports about this model, (any + p lu ra l noun)

TASKS
P 39H H H M
Steve M arshall and Ben Long work fo r an engineering company. Steve has ju s t returned from a
week in Kuala Lum pur, at a trade fair. Underline examples o f some and any. Label the sentence
with some o r any as positive statem ent IPS], negative statem ent iNSj o r question [Q].
Ben: How w as Kuala Lum pur? Any contracts?

Steve: Excellent. We made some good contacts.
Ben: Contacts? I said did you get any contracts?
Steve: No, we d id n ’t get any contracts. But I’m sure w e ’ll get some soon.
Ben: I hope so. We've had some good news this week.
Steve: W hat was that?
Ben: Our A m erican agent w ants som e m ore PX100s.
Steve: Good. Have they sold any m ore PX50s?
Ben: Some, but not many.
Exercise 2
Identify six mistakes in the following. Correct them.
Paula: We haven’t launched any new products th is year. Last year we had any.
Four, in fact. We need som e fo r next year.
Mohammad: I w ould like to show you designs.
Paula: Have you som e pictures of the new designs?

Mohammad: No, we haven’t som e yet, but som e w ill be ready next week.
P resenter: Some questions?

Participant: Yes, I’ve got some. Do you have some plans to build a new production centre?
Exercise 3
Two colleagues are talking about a printing job. Put some or any in the spaces.
A: Have we got __________paper fo r the printer?

B: __________ , but not much. We've g o t__________ m ore on order.
A: Good. I’ve got to p r in t__________ reports.
B: If they are urgent, take them to the Sales Office. They usually have paper if we
haven’t __________ left.
A: The p rin te r w a sn ’t w o rkin g yesterday!
B: It was fine. There ju s t w a s n ’t __________ to n e r left. I p u t __________ in. It’s fine now.
Transfer
Write a sh ort dialogue about buying something in a shop o r from a company Sales Office.
Include some and any
151
UNIT Some, Any and Related Words
See also
Unit 75 Some and any
A Sample sentences
• Someone must install the equipm ent before it can be used.
• Do you want to add anything to w hat I've said?
• Nobody in the company received an appraisal last month.
• Our pricing strategy is sim ilar to any other business.
B Form
Below are the m ain fo rm s of some, any and no words:
People someone, somebody anyone, anybody no-one, nobody

Things something anything nothing
Place somewhere anywhere nowhere
C Uses
1. Some words
We use these in positive statem ents:
I spoke to someone from the m arketing departm ent.
He told me something about the charity’s w ork.
I m et him som ewhere near Rennes.
2. Any words
We use these in negative state m e n ts and questions:
A: Does anyone have any questions? [not-, any question]
B: You didn’t say anything about the location of the new equipm ent.
A: You can install it near the main area.
B: But can we place it anywhere?
3. No words
We use these in negative state m e n ts and questions:
No-one has accepted the offer.
Is there nothing else that we can do?
The car is now produced in Mexico and nowhere else.
P re -Inte rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r
TASKS
E E 33M 1
Underline examples o f some, a ny and related words in the text below. Label them positive
statem ent IPS], negative statem ent INS] or question IQ].
A: Is anything wrong?
B: Yes, there's som ething wrong w ith one of o u r production m achines. No-one knows what
the problem is. We've looked in the U se r’s M anual but we can’t find the solution anywhere.
A: Have you contacted the m anufacturers?
B: Yes, they th in k it ’s nothing very com plicated. They’re sending som eone to visit us. He’ll
be here soon. He was already som ew here near here.
Exercise 2
Choose the best meaning a, b, or c fo r the sentences 1-5.
1. Some people prefer s m a ll hotels.

a. A ll people p re fe r s m a ll hotels.
b. Most people pre fe r s m a ll hotels.
c. A n um be r of people p re fe r s m a ll hotels.
2. I knew no-one at the m eeting.

a. I knew everyone at the m eeting.
b. There was not one person I knew at the m eeting.
c. I knew only one person at the m eeting.
3. We s e ll anything you w ant.

a. We have everything you want.
b. We have m ost things you want.
c. Sorry, we can’t help you.
U. We can send orders anywhere.

a. You have to collect yo ur orders.
b. We can deliver to m ost places.
c. We can deliver to any place you choose.
5. T here’s som ething wrong w ith the figures.
a. The figures are a ll wrong.
b. The figures are partly wrong.
c. There is one m istake in one figure.
Exercise 3
Ella and Pat are staying in a hotel. They are talking about problems. Complete the spaces in
the conversation. Use words from the box.
anyone nothing somewhere som ething anywhere someone no-one anything
Pat: I hear you lo s t__________ yesterday.

EUa: Yes, my m obile phone. I w anted to p h o n e ___________________________________ __ but I co u ld n 't find the
p h o n e ___________
Pat: You m ust have put it d o w n ___________
Ella: Yes, I asked at reception. They k n e w ___________ about it.
Pat: S o __________ found it?
Ella: No. I asked reception to c a ll me i f __________ fo u n d ___________
Transfer
Is there anyone working with you who speaks French ? Have you been anywhere interesting recently?
Does no-one help you with y o u r work? Say something about yo u r job.
Describe somewhere you have been recently.
I 153
UNIT Quantifiers (1)
77
See also
Units 61, 62 Nouns
Units 78, 79 Quantifiers
A Sample sentences
• Our website lists a ll the products that are available.
• We have upgraded most of our hotels.
• Do you have a lot of im portant m eetings to attend?
• They had some problems with th e ir suppliers.
• The hotel is fu ll. There are no rooms available.
B Form
Verb singular Verb singular

or plural Uncountable or plural
all plural all singular
most plural most singular
many plural much (see Unit 78) singular
a lot of plural a lot of singular
some plural some singular
a few plural a little (see Unit 78) singular
few plural little [see Unit 78) singular
no plural no singular
We use countable q ua n tifiers w ith p lu ra l countable nouns; we use uncountable q uantifiers

w ith uncountable nouns. (See Unit 62.)
We have reduced a ll our prices.
q u a n tifie r + countable noun
They are going to install a ll the equipm ent.
q u a n tifie r + uncountable noun
C Uses
A: Do you know a ll the people here?
B: I know most of them , [not: the m ost of them )
A: W here did you m eet them?
B: I m et some of them at the last sales conference.
A: I see. So, let's start the m eeting. We have a lot of points to cover. There is no tim e to lose.
A: We are returning a ll the goods from our last order.

B: Why is that?
A: Because most of our customers have complained, [not: the m ost of our custom ers)
B: W hat have they complained about?
A: Some clients said they w ere the wrong size.
B: But why are you returning a ll the goods?
A: Because no customers w ant to buy them .
154 P re -Inte rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r

TASKS
|3 !H W S B 1
Place the following in order from 1 [m axim um I to 6 [minim um ].
None of o u r products are very successful.
A ll o u r products are very successful.
Most of o u r products are very successful.
A few of o u r products are very successful.
Many of o u r products are very successful.
Some of o u r products are very successful.
Exercise 2
The table gives the results o f a quality test on electrical components atAPKAL Ltd.
Standard p a ss Sub-standard fail N on-standard fail

(no faults! (1 or 2 faults] S3 or m ore faults)
76% 12% 12%
ioo% 0% 0%
KBIBIIEL- fe | 88% 10% 2%
Mark the following sentences true [T] o r false [Fj.
1. A ll product As passed the test as standard. □

2. A few product Cs failed the te st as non-standard. □
3. Some product Bs failed the test. □
4. Many product As failed the test.
5. Most product Cs passed the test.

6 . No product As failed the test.
7. Most products failed the test.
Exercise 3
Replace the underlined words with a word o r phrase from the box. Change the verb if necessary.
many a little no little few all
1- Not too m uch but some tra in in g helps a ll m anagers.

2. Not one of o u r cu sto m e rs was unhappy.
3. Every one of our products is guaranteed.
4. A large n um be r of people came to the exhibition.
5. Not many exhibitors liked the exhibition space.
6. The organisers offered not m uch help.
Transfer
Write sentences about a company you know. Use quantifiers.
78
See also
Units 61, 62 Nouns
Unit 77 Quantifiers (1]
Unit 79 Quantifiers (31
A Sample sentences
• They d id n 't spend m uch m oney.
• How m any em p loye e s do th e y have?
• H ere are a fe w o f m y su g g e stio n s.
• L et m e give you a lit t le advice.
B Form
Verb singular Verb singular

Countable or plural Uncountable or plural
a ll p lu ra l a ll (see U nit 77) s in g u la r
m ost p lu ra l m ost (see U nit 77) s in g u la r
m any p lu ra l m uch s in g u la r
a lot of p lu ra l a lot of (see U nit 77) s in g u la r
some p lu ra l som e (see U nit 77) s in g u la r
a few p lu ra l a little s in g u la r
few p lu ra l little s in g u la r
no p lu ra l no (see U nit 77) s in g u la r
We use countable qua n tifiers w ith p lu ra l countable nouns; we use uncountable q uantifiers
w ith uncountable nouns. (See Unit 62.)
They o n ly m ade a fe w re co m m e n d a tio n s.
q u a n tifie r + countable noun
They o n ly gave us a lit t le advice.
C Uses
1. Much, m any and a lo t of
a. in statem ents:
T here a re n 't m any to u ris ts a ro u n d in th e w in te r, (m any + countable noun)
People d id n 't e a rn m uch m oney in th e 1940s. (much + uncountable noun)
We n orm a lly use m uch and m any in negative statem ents; in positive statem ents, we often
use a lo t of w ith both countable.and uncountable nouns:
We w e re given a lo t o f e q u ip m e n t.
b. in questions:
How m uch do I owe you? (how m uch money)
How m any com panies in cre a se d th e ir e a rn in g s la s t y e a r? (m any + countable noun)
How m uch w o rk are you p re p a re d to do? (m uch + uncountable noun)
2. A few, a little , fe w and little

T here w as tim e to w r ite dow n a fe w d e ta ils .
(a few + countable noun = not many, but enough)
I w a n te d a lit t le in fo rm a tio n a b o u t th e su bject.
(a little + uncountable noun = not much, but enough)
T h ere a re fe w jo b s fo r people w ith o u t q u a lific a tio n s .
(few + countable noun = not many, and not enough)
T h ere is lit t le w o rk in th e sh ip ya rd s.
(little + uncountable noun = not much, and not enough)
156 I P re -Inte rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r

TASKS
E G 33M 1
Am y wants to hire a car. Identify seven quantifiers in the following dialogue. M ark them
countable (Cl o r uncountable (U l
A: Hello. I’d like som e help, please.

B: Certainly.
A: How m uch does th is ca r cost to hire?
B: That one is £120 a day.
A: That's quite a lot of money.
B: Well, we have a lot of o th e r cars th a t cost a little less. How m any days do you need a car?
A: Only a few. Three or four.
Exercise 2
Boris runs a m obile phone rental company Here he talks about his business. Choose the correct
quantifiers from the alternatives.
‘We hire m obile phones. We have m u ch/all types of phones. We keep a lot of/no phones in
stock. Most/a lot o f are hired fo r ju s t one day. A little /a few o f o u r cu stom ers keep them for a
m onth o r two. Not all/few /m any people hire phones fo r longer than many/a few w eeks.’
CITY
M O B I L £
Mobile & Cellular phone rental from $ 20 daily

Contact Boris on
FREEPHONE 200200.
Exercise 3
Replace the underlined phrases with quantifiers. Do not change the meaning.
1. Not many and not enough people understand how to program com puters.
2. There is not m uch and not enough dem and fo r o u r products.
3. We made not many but enough contacts at the Singapore Trade Fair.
4. There was some, but not m uch c ritic is m in the report.
5. A large n um be r of people answered o u r advertisem ent.
6. Not even one applicant w as good enough fo r the job.
Transfer
Write five sentences about jo b s, job advertisements, applications and people looking for work in your
home town. Use quantifiers.
157
See also
.............................. .......... ,.11
Units 61, 62 Nouns
Units 77, 78 Quantifiers
A Sample sentences
• Hotel staff check each room before guests arrive.
• They meet every morning at 7.15.
• All employees must be given a written contract.
B Form
Singular Plural Uncountable

each all (see also Unit 77) all (see also Unit 77)
every
We use each and every w ith sin g u la r countable nouns.

We use all w ith p lu ra l countable nouns and uncountable nouns. (See Unit 62.)
We ask each candidate to send a full curriculum vitae.
q u a n tifie r + sin g u la r countable noun
We hold interviews every month.

q u a n tifie r + sin g u la r countable noun
All interviewees spend a full day with us.

q u a n tifie r + p lu ra l countable noun
During their visit we show them all the machinery in the factory.
C Uses
Each and every have very s im ila r m eanings.
1. Each
Police were checking each car. (many cars, one by one)
The fee for each session is £50. (each individual session)
(n o t: each sessions)
2. Every
Every department faces cuts, (a ll departm ents, w ith o u t exception)
There is a staff meeting every Monday morning, (each Monday m orning, w ith o u t
exception)
3. All
We send all our clients a weekly update on airfares, (every/each client)
They paid all the money last week.
Note
every + sin g u la r noun = all + p lu ra l noun:
Every manager/all managers must plan, lead, organise and control.

TASKS
Underline examples of each, every and all in the following text.
'Each day we process hundreds of orders. Every order com es by email.

All orders are entered into our database. Each request is checked with our
current stock. Every order is immediately transferred to the warehouse. All
orders are despatched within one hour .1
Exercise 2
How many combinations with every, each and all can you make with these words o r phrases?
Try to write fu ll sentences.
person money custom er products
inform ation o f us week departm ent
Examples:
In a team, each person has an important role to play.
Every person in this room is wearing shoes.
All the money in the world wouldn't change me.
Exercise 3
Complete the sentences below using each, every or all + a word o r phrase from the box.
The firs t has been done for you.
restaurant tim e accommodation of them cities one
1. I always need a map. Every time I go to Rome, I get lost.

2. I have never had a bad m eal in Paris _________ I've been in has been excellent.
3. We have a lot o f good custom ers in Malaysia. We need to look a fte r ________ very carefully.
4. Last time I went to Dublin I visited several m useum s _________ was free.
5. Quality hotels in Hong Kong are expensive. In fa c t, ________ is expensive.
6. The best thing in London is the parks _________ B ritis h _________ have good parks.
Transfer
Write five sentences about yo u r home town. Include each, all, every
UNIT Numerals
80
See also
Business File 5 Numbers, dates and times
A Sample sentences
Ten new plants will be built in the next five years.
This is the third time the company has been sold.
Department managers must spend half their time on the sales floor.
The committee meets once a month.
B Form
1. C ardinal num bers
0 nought, zero, 'oh' 1,000 a/one thousand

10 ten 1,101 one thousand,
one hundred and one
100 a/one hundred 3,000 three thousand
101 a/one hundred and one 1,000,000 a/one million
2. O rdinal num bers
1st first 21 st twenty-first

2nd second 100th one (a) hundredth
3rd third 1,000th one (a) thousandth
^th fourth 1,000,000th one (a) millionth
3. Fractions and decim als
V2 (a] half 1 V2 one and a half

Vk (a) quarter 2.5 two point five
1/3 a/one third 3.75 three point seven five
% three quarters 26.012 twenty six point zero one two
26,012 twenty six thousand and twelve
4. Frequency expressions
once twice three times fou r times etc.
C Uses
A: How many people does ITCorp employ?
B: We have about 5000 people at 28 plants worldwide.
A: And how long have you worked for the company?
B: I joined them in 2008.
A: And where were you before that?
B: Before ITCorp I worked for GloboSys for 5 years.
A: So is ITCorp your second job?
B: Yes. And how often do you come here?
A: I visit the country three times a year. At present we are thinking of building a second
factory here.
B: Yes. The economic situation is very healthy at the moment.
A: Inflation is only 2.5%. So it’s an attractive place to invest.
TASKS
Match the sentences 1-5 with the correct picture a-e.
1. The tem pe ra ture is th irty -o n e degrees Celsius.

2. We have a fo rty-e ig h t per cent m arket share.
3. Our sales have reached two thousand units by the end of the th ird quarter.
4. M r Robson has been C hairm an fo r fifty-one years.
5. My telephone n um be r is oh one three fo u r seven, eight seven eight double seven nine.
Exercise 2
Read the following details about Abacus pic, a UK-based m anufacturing company. Write a ll the
num bers as you would say them.
A bacus pic. 2010

Annual turnover £326.5m Factories worldwide 12
Profit on sales £ 18.32m Employees 6,750
Share price £4.18p Company founded 1974
% increase on last year 15% Details correct on 15 April 2009
Total capital assets £407m
Exercise 3
Use the table to give inform ation to a colleague. Write exactly what you say in the spaces.
Annual Sales 2010
Quarter Units Turnover(£) Profit (£)

1st quarter 336 7,302.52 3,450.00
2nd quarter 417 8,911.30 3,891.15
3rd quarter 410 8,820.77 3,700.50
4th quarter 215 4,391.02 1,943.21
I have some figures fo r sales in _______ In th e ________ quarter we s o ld _______ units

and had a turnover o f _______ This produced a p ro fit o f ________ The ________ and
_______ quarter perform ance was better with p ro fit betw een _______ a n d ________
In th e _______ quarter, the num ber o f units sold w a s _______ , o r a b o u t _______ the
previous two quarters. Profit was also down, to _______
Transfer
Find a newspaper or another document with a lot o f num bers in it. Practise reading them aloud.
UNIT Time
Unit 17 The present perfect with for, since, ever and never
A Sample sentences
• We agreed a deal in 2005.
• The meeting w ill start at 8.30 and finish at 10.30.
• The course w ill be held for six w eeks from Novem ber 6th.
• I expect to be back in Britain on Decem ber 18th.
B Form
A preposition is a g ra m m a tic a l unit. It comes in fro n t of a noun,
e.g. in the morning.
preposition + noun
The m ost im p o rta n t prepositions of tim e are:
at in on by during before after

from .,. to ... up to until/till for since between
The next meeting w ill take place on Monday at 12 o'clock.

I would like to read your report before the meeting.
C Uses
1. At, in, on and by
at + clock tim e
at 6 o’clock
in + parts of the day
in the m orning/afternoon/evening [but: at night)
on + days of the week
on Monday
on Thursday afternoon
on + dates
on 3rd May (spoken: on the third of May)
in + m onths and years
in May
in 1997 (spoken: in nineteen ninety-seven)
by + a deadline
You must finish the report by U o'clock, (at the latest)
2. By and u n til/till
We use by fo r an action w hich happens at o r before a deadline:

The order must be ready by 3rd Septem ber, (at the latest)
We use u n til/till fo r an action w hich continues up to a deadline:
The parties w ill w o rk u n til/till May 17th to convince voters to vote for them .
3. No preposition
In som e tim e phrases, we do not use a preposition of tim e.

a. before this, last and next:
The store w ill open next April, [not: in next A pril)
b. w ith speed and frequency expressions:
The car was travelling at eighty m iles an hour, [not: in an hour)
The director visits each factory twice a year, [not: in a year)
TASKS
Undertine a ll time prepositions in the fotlowing.
A: W hen’s he conning?
B: In the m orning.
A: Before 10 o’clock?
B: Probably. We’ll show him the factory fo r an h ou r o r two, then when Ju lie arrives at
12 o’clock w e ’ll have o u r m eeting.
A: So, during lunchtim e?
B: Yes, from about 12 t ill around 2.30.
A: We m ust be finished by 3 because w e ’ve an appointm ent w ith Axis in the afternoon.
B: That' s no problem .
Exercise 2
The time tine below shows the product development o f the XR20, a m in i television made
by Camicam. Complete the text with prepositions from the box.
production break-even sales

research begins launch point profit peak decline
sales growth
~T~ r
08 09 10 11 12 13 14
fo r [21 in on until during since a fte r by
We researched the XR20 12 months, then ___ 2009 it went into production.
_________ 15th January 2010 the product was launched. _______ then we have had good sales
and we w ill break even_______ March 2011. We expect increasing s a le s __________about two
y e a rs ,__________sales p e a k __________ the year 2013 that, the sales w ill decline.
Exercise 3
Complete the sentences fo r the time lines below.
1. John left the company John left Now

__________2006.
past 2006 future
2. I ’m going on holiday Now holiday

_________ two weeks.
r ....... i
past 1 2 3 4 weeks
3. our research, D1 D2 D3 Now

we made three discoveries.
past research future
2004 we have profit_______ Now

made a profit.
past 2004 future

Transfer
Write ten sentences about yo u r activities. Include different time prepositions.
163
UNIT P lac e d )
82
See also
Unit 83 Place (2}
A Sample sentences
I paid in some money at the bank.
Glover came into the office at 8am .
He left his car in the car park.
There's someone from People magazine on the phone.
B Form
A preposition is a g ra m m a tica l unit. It comes in fro n t of a noun,
e.g. in the factory.
preposition + noun
The m ost im p o rta n t prepositions of place are:
at to from in into out of on
W alk into the main building; the reception desk is on the left.
We im port our components from Rotaronga.
C Uses
1. at
We use at to describe a place w ith o u t any specific dim ensions:
I'll see Lloyd tom orrow at the m eeting.
A problem had arisen at w ork.
2. to
We use to to describe m ovem ent to a place w ith o u t any specific dim ensions:
He drove to w ork every day.
We deliver the goods to our customers w ithin 72 hours.
3. from
We use from to describe m ovem ent away from a place w ith o u t any specific dim ensions:
He drove from the shipyard to Antwerp.
R etailers buy goods from the manufacturer.
U. in and into
We use in to describe a place:
I'll m eet you in the restaurant.
We use into to describe m ovem ent to a place:
They packed the goods into the lorry.
A: We deliver the m aterials in cases.
B: And w here do you deliver them?
A: We take them into the warehouse.
5. into and out of

Into and out of describe m ovem ent; they describe opposite m ovem ents:
First w e put the components into the warehouse.
Later we take them out of the w arehouse and take them into the assembly area.
6. on
We use on w ith objects w hich have a surface:
He looked at the notebook on his desk.
There are some lovely salads on the menu.

TASKS
Exercise 1
La bet the following with prepositions o f place.
X X X-
Exercise 2
Correct the following, where necessary. Two sentences are correct.
1. I w ent in Egypt last week.

2. Our com pany has b uilt a factory at Argentina.
3. They w ant to meet us fro m the trade fair.
4. I sent the price list to Axis Ltd.
5. T here’s nothing about the com pany on the newspaper.
6. We decided to take som e m oney out of our em ergency bank account.
7. They put a lot of m oney onto research.
8. They have taken business at us.
9. The co m p ute r is in the desk.
Exercise 3
Complete the description o f the process shown in the diagram. Use words from the box.
from [2] to (31 in into on
The finished tablets are s e n t__________ the production area ______ this machine
which puts th e m __________ sm a ll bottles. Labels are p u t__ ____ the bottles which are then
p acked__________ boxes. The boxes are tra n sfe rre d _______ the warehouse. They are
ta ke n __________ the w arehouse___________ the shops.
Transfer
Write seven sentences about yo urself o r about a place you know well. Include place prepositions at,
to, from, in, into, out of, on.
UNIT Place (2)
83
See also
Unit 82 Place{1}
A Sample sentences
• We w alked through the building to the main entrance.
• Graham pushed the report across the desk to me.
• The club is located above a restaurant.
• The w a te r is stored in a tank below ground level.
B Form
We use prepositions to describe:
— place (see also Unit 82)
— position
— m ovem ent (see also Unit 82).
S om etim es, the same preposition can have different uses.
1. The m ain prepositions to describe position are:
above below over under in front of

behind beside between next to on top of opposite
The warehouse is next to the production area.

The meeting room is behind the M D’s office.
2. The m ain prepositions to describe m ovem ent are:
into out of behind in front of along across

over onto up down around outside
Put the goods behind this table.

I have divided my presentation into four parts.
(See also Unit 82.)
C Uses
1- Describing position:
The com puter room is above the
reception area. We are planning
to have a dem onstration room
next to the reception area.
This is our new logo. Over the

company name are three sm all
crowns. And under the name
w e have placed two lines.
R O Y A L ’S C O F F E E
2. Describing m ovem ent:
You can move M r Johnson out EXECUTIVE
of the executive suite. Then you SUITE MR JOHNSON
can put Mrs Deberis into it. MRS DEBERIS
I'm sure she w ill be
com fortable there.
MD’S OFFICE
You can go up the stairs to
the MD's office or you can
take the lift.
TASKS
Underline the prepositions in the following. Mark them position [Pi o r movement [M l.
When you arrive, go out of the a irp o rt and along the road to the taxis jl
w aiting outside. Ask to go to Jasons, on High Street. Our offices are :
between the Post Office and the Magnus foodstore. We’re opposite ’
Credit Bank International. Go through the main entrance and into the -
lift. Go up to the fou rth floor. We’re ju s t next to the fire exit.
Exercise 2
Replace each preposition in the following sentences with another one which means the same.
Match each sentence 1-5 with the correct diagram a-f. There is one more diagram than you need.
a. 1. The factory is beside the river. d.
2. There is a restaurant opposite o ur main office.
b. 3. The hotel is along the road fro m the station. e.
4. You can drive across the city in 20 m inutes.
c. • 5. The safe is in a c e lla r under the Managing f.

D ire c to r’s office.
Exercise 3
Look at this picture of a factory.
production factory
warehouse
main office block
offices
social club reception exhibition area

lab
/\ /
security point main entrance
A nsw er the questions. Choose words o r phrases from the box. You may use a word or phrase more
than once.
behind between next to beside above under in front of
1. Where is the se curity point? 5. Where are the production facilities?

2. Where is the social club? 6. Where is the warehouse?
3. W here are the offices? 7. Where is the exhibition area?
4. Where is the laboratory? 8. Where is the reception area?
T ra n s fe r
Describe the position of various places where you work.

UNIT Like, As, The Same As and Different From
8Z
A Sam ple sentences
• Superm arkets now s ell things like clothes and hom eware as w e ll as food.
• I w ork as a w a ite r in a hotel.
• Prices this year are the same as last year.
• The Japanese m arket is different from the US m arket.
B Form
Like, as and fro m are prepositions.
We put a noun phrase a fte r a preposition:
His briefcase is like a mobile office.
preposition + noun phrase
She w orks as a financial adviser.
preposition + noun phrase
C Uses
1. Both lik e and as mean ‘the same as’ o r ‘s im ila r to':
a. like
Even in countries like Germany and Sw itzerland, banks have been running into trouble.
(s im ila r to)
We make personal computers, like ITCorp. (the sam e as)
b. as
She w orks as a custom er service manager, (it is h er job)
As you can see, the published accounts show little detail, [not: like you can see)
c. the same as
Flexitim e is the same as flexible working hours, (not: the sam e like)
The airline faces the same problems as other airlines.
2. Different from is the opposite of the same as:

A certified public accountant is different from a licensed public accountant, {not: different to)
This product is very different from existing products.

TASKS
E S 2 S 3 I
Tick IS ] sentences 1-8 if you agree with them. If you do not agree, write a cross I/].
1. Like A rgentina, Chile has a lot of m ountains.
2. German cars have an im age w hich is very different from the image of Japanese cars.
3. As everyone knows, A m erica is the w o rld ’s leading economy.
4. Food in Japan is the sam e as food in China.
5. People who w o rk as personal assistants have an easy life.
6. One fast food store is often the same as any o th e r fast food store.
7. Life now is no d iffe re n t fro m 25 years ago.
8. Italy is very like C alifornia.
Exercise 2
Taruba is a car manufacturer. Here are details of two Taruba cars. Complete the advertisement below.
Taruba GX40. Engine: 1800cc Taruba GX50. Engine: 2000cc
The GX40 lo o k s ______________ the GX50. But the engine of the GX50 i s _____
______________ the engine in the GX4-0. It is b ig g e r._____________ a ll Taruba cars, the
GX m odels have a seven-year w a rra n ty_______________ you can see, we build fo r quality.
______________ you, we d on ’t w ant any trouble.
Exercise 3
Here is p a rt o f the Chairman's annual address to the shareholders o f BBL pic. Five sentences have
been ju m bled up. Rewrite them, beginning with the wordls] given.
1. have we previous done in well -as years.

As
2. the the peopi-e are other same a ll as say each producers.

People say
3. are we feef m competitors different our from.

In fact,
4. itke business we are them in.

Like
5. quality alwa-ys com m itm ent special a m we have to.

As always,
Transfer
Write five sentences about yourself, o r about a company you know. Include Like, as, the sam e as
and different from.
169
BUSINESS FILE Industries and Jobs
INDU STRIES
1
Manufacturing
Aerospace E lectrical P lastics
A gricu lture & food Energy P ower generation
production Engineering Pulp & paper
A pparel & fashion Food & d rin k Rail
Autom otive Furniture Road
C hem ical Gas R ubber
C onstruction M etal Telecom m unications
Cosm etics & person onal M ining Textiles
care Petroleum W ater
Dyes & pigm ents P harm aceutical
Services
A ccounting In te rn a tio n a l relations Real estate
A dvertising In te rn a tio n a l trade Retail
A rch itectu re IT (Inform ation Technology) & S ecurity & protection
Banking & fin an cia l telecom s Tax
services Jo u rn a lism Tourism
C harities Law Training (incl. education)
Civil service Media T ransportation (incl. shippi
C onsultancy M ilita ry Travel
E nvironm ent Music U tilitie s
Health & healthcare P olitics & governm ent Volunteering
H otel & hospitality P rinting
Insurance P ublic relations
JO BS
Departments/Divisions
A dm in istra tio n Legal Purchasing
Design Logistics (incl. d istribution) Q uality assurance
E ngineering M arketing & PR (Public R ecruitm ent
E nvironm ent relations) Research & developm ent
Finance & accounting M a terials m anagem ent Sales
G eneral m anagem ent HR (Hum an Resources) & S ecurity
Health & safety tra in in g Training
Inform ation technology Production
J o u rn a lism Project m anagem ent
BUSINESS FILE Countries and Currencies
2
Country Currency Currency 1 Country Currency
Algeria Algerian Dinar Italy Euro Peru Sol
Argentina Peso Jamaica Jamaican Dollar Philippines Philippine Peso
Australia Australian Dollar Japan Yen Poland Zloty
Austria Euro Jordan Jordanian Dinar Portugal Euro
Belgium Euro Kenya Kenyan Shilling Romania Leu
Bolivia Peso Boliviano Kuwait Kuwait Dinar Russia Rouble
Brazil Real Laos Kip Rwanda Rwanda Franc
Bulgaria Lev Lebanon Lebanese Pound Saudi Arabia Riyal
Canada Canadian Dollar Libya Libyan Dinar Senegal CFA Franc
Chile Peso Liechtenstein Swiss Franc Singapore Singapore Dollar
China Yuan Luxembourg Euro Slovakia Euro
Colombia Peso Malawi Malawi Kwacha Somalia Somalia Shilling

Cuba Peso Malaysia Ringgit South Africa Rand
Cyprus Euro Malta Euro Spain Euro
Czech Republic Czech Koruna Mexico Peso Sri Lanka Sri Lankan Rupee
Denmark Krone Monaco Euro Sudan Sudanese Pound
Ecuador US Dollar Mongolia Tugrik Sweden Krona
Egypt Egyptian Pound Morocco Dirham Switzerland Swiss Franc
Finland Euro Mozambique Metical Syria Syrian Pound
France Euro Myanmar Kyat Taiwan New Taiwan

Dollar
Germany Euro Namibia Dollar
Tanzania Tanzanian
Ghana Cedi Nepal Rupee
Shilling
Greece Euro The Netherlands Euro
Thailand Baht
Hong Kong Honq Konq New Zealand New Zealand
Turkey Turkish Lira
Dollar Dollar
United Kingdom Pound Sterling
Hungary Forint Nicaragua Cordoba
United States Dollar
Iceland Krona Nigeria Naira
of America
India Rupee Norway Krone
Uruguay Peso
Iran Rial Oman Omani Rial
Venezuela Bolivar
Iraq Iraqi Dinar Pakistan Rupee
Vietnam Dong
Irish Republic Euro Panama Balboa
Zambia Kwacha
Israel New Shekel Paraguay Guarani
BUSINESS FILE Business Abbreviations and
^ Short Forms
AAA trip le A - com pany rating HQ headquarters

abbr abbreviation HR Human Resources
a /e o r a c c t account HTM L Hypertext M a rk-u p Language
a d m in adm inistratio n H TTP Hypertext T ransfer Protocol
ADSL Advanced D igital S ubscriber Line i.e . id est = th a t is
AGM A nnual G eneral Meeting ILO In te rn a tio n a l Labour Organization
a .m . ante m eridiem = before noon IM Instant Messaging
ANSI American National Standards Institute IM F In te rn a tio n a l Monetary Fund
AOB Any O ther Business Inc. Incorporated
approx approxim ately in c /in c l including
a rr a rriva l IS D N Integrated Services D igital N etw ork
asap as soon as possible ISO Inte rn a tio n a l Standardization
A S C II A m erican Standard Code fo r Organization
in form a tion Exchange IS P Internet Service Provider
a ss t assistant LA N Local Area N etw ork
att attention (see also FAO] L td Lim ited com pany
B 2B Business to Business MBA M aster of Business A dm in istratio n
B2C Business to C onsum er MD Managing D irector
BCC Blind Carbon Copy m fr m a n u fa ctu re r
B /F brought forward M PEG Motion P icture Exports Group
BTW By the way m th /m o . m onth
c o r ca circa = about n /a not applicable or not available
c&f cost and fre ig h t NB nota bene = pay attention to this
Cc carbon copy; cubic ce ntim etre s No num ber
CCTV closed circu it television PA P ersonal A ssistant
CEO Chief Executive O fficer p .a. p e r annum = each year
c /f carried forw ard p& p postage and packing
CGT C apital Gains Tax pd paid
c/o care of PDA P ersonal D ig ita l A ssistant
COD cash on delivery PDF Portable Docum ent Form at
CPI C onsum er Price Index P IN P ersonal Identification N um ber
CPU c e n tra l processing unit pic public lim ite d company
CRM cu sto m e r relationship m anagem ent pis please
dd dated p .m . post m eridiem = a fte r noon
d e p t/d p t departm ent PR Public R elations
D IY Do It Yourself PT p a rt-tim e
d .o .b . date of birth PTO Please Turn Over
DP data processing p,w . per week
EC European C om m unity qty quantity
e.g . exampti gratia = fo r example R&D Research and Development
e n c /e n c l enclosed/enclosure re about
ETA estim ated tim e of a rriva l re f reference
et al et a lii = and others ROl re turn on investm ent
etc etcetera = and so on RSVP please reply
EU European Union SW O T Strengths, Weaknesses,
FAO For the attention of O pportunities and Threats
FAQ Frequently Asked Questions USP Unique S elling Point
FT fu ll-tim e VAT Value Added Tax
fw d forward VP Vice President
FYI fo r your in form ation WAP W ireless A pplication P rotocol
GDP Gross Dom estic Product W TO W orld Trade Organization
GM G eneral Manager WWW w o rld w ide web
BUSINESS FILE British English vs
/ American English
You can find difference between B ritish English (BrE) and A m erican English (AmE)
at fo u r main levels:
• g ra m m a r • pronunciation
• vocabulary • spelling
1. G ram m ar
Present perfect and past sim ple
Have you done it yet? (BrE) Did you do it yet? (AmE)
I have already done it. (BrE) I already did it. (AmE)
I haven't done it yet. (BrE) I didn't do it yet. (AmE)
Got and gotten

They have got a new Managing Director. (BrE)
They have gotten a new Managing Director. (AmE)
Verb Phrases
to m eet someone (BrE) to m eet with someone (AmE)
to agree to a proposal (BrE) to agree a proposal (AmE)
to appeal against a decision (BrE) to appeal a decision (AmE)
2. Vocabulary
BrE AmE BrE AmE
C o rp orate Language
Chairman President Sales Manager Sales Director
Managing Director Chief Executive Officer/ Board of Directors Executive Board
Senior Vice-President
Finance Director Vice-President - Finance
G e n e ra l L a n g u a g e
flat apartment fortnight two weeks
autumn fa ll holiday vacation
biscuit cookie motorway freeway/highway
b ill (for payment] check petrol gas
boot (car) trunk post mail
centre (of town/city] downtown queue line
chem ist’s shop/chemist pharmacy/drugstore rubbish garbage/trash
chips (French] fries solicitor lawyer/attorney
crisps (potato] chips tap faucet
3. Pronunciation
BrE AmE
detail detail interested in te re s te d
research research hostile /ta il/ hostile / 1(a) 1/
BrE AmE BrE AmE

-our. colour -or color -eUer: traveller -e/er: traveller
-ize or -ise: organize or -ize: organize -re: centre -er: center
organise
BUSINESS FILE Numbers, Dates and Times
A Num bers
5
We can divide num bers into:
• cardinals • ordinals • fra ctio n s and decim als • frequency expressions
1. Cardinals
0 - nought, zero [especially fo r m a the m a tics and fo r tem peratures),
oh (in B ritish English fo r telephone num bers), n il (in sports)
100 - a/one hundred. We offer a/one hundred different products.
101 - a/one hundred and one
1,000 - a/one thousand. At present we employ a/one thousand employees, [not: one thousand of)
1,000,000 - a/one m illio n
2. Ordinals
1st - first. The first of A pril (spoken)
2nd - second. This is the second tim e we have visited the Paris fashion show.
3rd - third. Our third attem pt to find an agent w as successful.
4th - fou rth . This is the fourth job I have applied for.
21st - tw e n ty-first. W e're living in the tw en ty-first century.
100th - (one) hundredth. This is our (one) hundredth trade fair.
101st - one hundred and firs t
1000th - (one) thousandth
3. Fractions and decimals
1/2 - (a) half. Over (a) half (of) our products are made in France.
1/3 - a/one third . We can usually o ffer a discount of one third.

% - tw o -th ird s. Over tw o-thirds of our w orkers live in the village.
1A - (a) quarter. I start w ork at (a) q u a rte r past seven.
% - th re e -q u a rte rs. It takes me th re e -q u a rte rs of an hour to w alk to work.
Vio - a/one tenth
11/2 - one and a half. The w hole process takes one and a half hours.
2.5 - two point five
3.75 - three point seven five [not: seventy five)
26.012 - tw enty six point zero [or oh) one two
4. Frequency expressions
once twice three times etc
We m eet our m ajor customers twice a year.
B Dates
Notice the difference between the w ritte n and spoken fo rm s and between
B ritish and A m erican English:
We opened our new office on 5 A pril 2010. BrE (written)
We opened our new office on the fifth of April, two thousand and te n *. BrE (spoken)
o r We opened our new office on A p ril the fifth, two thousand and te n *. BrE (spoken)
We opened our new office on A p ril 5th 2010. AmE (written)
We opened our new office on A p ril fifth, two thousand te n *. AmE (spoken)
*W e also say twenty ten BrE/Am E (spoken)
5 /4 /2 0 1 0 - BrE (w ritten) fo r 5 A p ril 2010, i.e. d ate /m o nth /ye a r
4 /5 /2 0 1 0 - AmE (w ritten) fo r 5 A p ril 2010, i.e. m o n th /d ate /ye a r
C Times
Notice the w ritte n and spoken form s:
The meeting w ill start at 9 .0 0 /9 .0 0 a m /9 o'clock, (written)
The meeting w ill start at nine a.m ./n in e o'clock, (spoken)
The meeting w ill finish at 4.30 p .m ./16.30. (written)
The meeting w ill finish at four th irty p.m ./(a) half past four/sixteen thirty, (spoken)
BUSINESS FILE Irregular Verb Table
6
be was/were been lie lay lain
beat beat beaten lose lost lost
become became become make made made
begin began begun mean meant meant
break broke broken meet met met
bring brought brought pay paid paid
build built built put put put
buy bought bought read read read
catch caught caught ride rode ridden
choose chose chosen rise rose risen
come came come run ran run
cost cost cost say said said
cut cut cut see saw seen
do did done sell sold sold
draw drew drawn send sent sent
drink drank drunk set set set
drive drove driven shine shone shone
eat ate eaten shoot shot shot
fall fell fallen show showed shown
feel felt felt shut shut shut
fight fought fought sing sang sung
find found found sink sank sunk
fly flew flown sit sat sat
forget forgot forgotten sleep slept slept
get got got (BrEj speak spoke spoken
get got gotten (AmE) spend spent spent
give gave given split split split
go went gone stand stood stood
grow grew grown steal stole stolen
have had had strike struck struck
hear heard heard swim swam swum
hide hid hidden take took taken
hit hit hit teach taught taught
hold held held tell told told
keep kept kept think thought thought
know knew known throw threw thrown
lay laid laid understand understood understood
lead led led wake woke woken
leave left left wear wore worn
lend lent lent win won won
let let let write wrote written
Answer Key
(M) = Model/suggested answers
Exercise 3
TASKS 1
B E (1 ) Sent: Mon 28 November 15:40
Subject: Short Bros
E x ercis e 1
Dear Frances,
Present negative Prese n t q
I am sorry I was not at the meeting yesterday. I have not been in the
1 3 5 7 8 6 13 2 4- 9 12 office this week. Tom and I have been in London. We were at a
Sales Conference. I have been very busy recently.
10 11 U Were Short Brothers happy with the contract? Have they been in
contact today?
E x e rc is e 2 Please contact me by email tomorrow.
2. My nam e’s Pierre Lapin. I’m a Sales Manager. Thanks
3. M ary and Hans are from my d e p artm en t. Juanito
They're co m p ute r pro gram m ers. ..:...... a
U. This is Naom i Cox. She's a research scien tist.
5. Hello. My nam e's Franz Johann and th is is Tomas
D oll. W e're from Salzburg. TASKS 3
6. Ah, Franz and Tomas! You're very w elcom e!
7. This is o u r office. It isn’t very big.
The Present Continuous Positive
E x ercis e 3
E x ercis e 1
Axdal Electronics is a w orld leader in control systems.
We are suppliers to the car industry. Car m anufacturers
Date: 12 march 20..
are not o ur only customers. We are also suppliers to To: all staff
other industries. AE is an international company. Our From : I Jenny Palmer

Su b je ct: | John Bramwell leaving
custom ers are in the USA, Japan and Europe. Our Chief
Executive is Paul Axdal. ‘We are a fam ily company and Dear All,
business is very good’, says Paul.
John Bramwell is leaving th e com pany after 30 years. We are
organising a collection to buy John a present. Please see Janet in
TASKS 2 Room 40. Janet is planning a leaving party fo r John. At present, John
is recovering in hospital after an accident. He is hoping to return to
w ork next m onth, b u t only un til th e summer.
BE (2) Best Regards

Jenny Palmer
E x e rc is e 1
E x ercis e 2
PT: Okay, I’m looking at it rig h t now.

W h a t’s the problem ?
DL: It says w e’re investing $250,000 in research.
T h a t’s w rong. It’s $25,000, not $250,000.
PT: Okay. I’ ll change that.
E x e rc is e 2 DL: Right. Rem em ber, you're meeting M r Lally
and his colleagues today.
Delco Ltd. PT: Yes, I know. They’ re coming here at 2.30.
16-20 East Mount Road, Lincoln LN3 5RT DL: Fine. Good luck. See you to m o rro w , then.
6 November.,
Dear Mary, E x ercis e 3
Last week Tom and Paula were here for a meeting. It w as very 1. Total sales are going up.
useful. They were here for two days. We have been to Oslo in 2. Sales fo r P roduct A are increasing.
the last few days. We were there for a meeting with our 3. Sales fo r P roduct B are fa llin g .
Norwegian colleagues. Arne Sillessen w as very interested in
U. The com pany is stopping production of P roduct B.
our ideas. Until now, I have not been happy with the project.
Now I am very optimistic. See you next week.
Best wishes
Sand3 f t t l
Sandy Peel
TASKS 4 TASKS 6
The Present Continuous Negative The Present Simple Positive
E x ercis e 1 E x ercis e 1
We are not increasing our prices this year. The You work for a multinational company.
market is not strong enough. We are launching He/She studies foreign languages.
new products for the domestic market. Most of our We/You/They travel a lot for work.
products are selling well at home. At present, we are The company makes better products.
not planning any new products for export. Sales are Our Research Department develops new solutions.
not increasing in our export markets. The company
is not expecting improved sales this year.
E x ercis e 2
1. d 2. e 3. c U. a 5. b
E x ercis e 2
2. We’re not/We aren’t spending much time in Milan.

E x ercis e 3
3. The company isn’t looking at new markets in
southern Europe. Atsuko Kyoto lives in Tokyo. She is a freelance
U. At the moment many companies aren’t investing journalist. She often travels to other countries. In
in new products. London and Paris she likes to visit friends. She usually
5. Our marketing experts aren’t changing our . writes for newspapers and magazines and she
present sales strategy. sometimes makes television programmes. She usually
6 . You’re not/You aren’t staying in a hotel. stays in four star hotels and often eats in top class
restaurants. She never drinks wine, beer or any alcohol.
E x ercis e 3
1. This year the company is not doing well in the USA.

2. At the moment we are building a new production TASKS 7
plant.
3. At present we are not presenting a good image. The Present Simple Negative
4. Mr Jackson is not working hard these days.
E x ercis e 1
TASKS 5 The management doesn’t want to invest in a

new factory.
The company doesn’t employ many people.
The Present Continuous Question
I don’t work for a drug company.
E x ercis e 1
They don’t like working in the oil industry.
My friend doesn’t work in research.
2. At the moment they working with Poland? You don’t understand what I am saying.
... are they working ...
3. Is Leo and Sam planning the conference together? E x ercis e 2
Are-Leo and Sam ...
4. What you think about? What do you ... 2. We do not advertise on television.
3. The company does not sponsor sport.
5. Is raining in Bangkok? Is it raining ...
Uu I don’t like fish.
5. Nakko S.A. does not process written orders
E x ercis e 2
for goods.
2. Why is she calling him? 6 . Cable PLC does not despatch products by train.
3. Why are we having a meeting? 7. We do not deal with Latin America.
U. Are you working on the report now? 8. You don’t live in an apartment.
5. Is anyone helping you?
6. Are Kim and James coming to the meeting? E x ercis e 3
E x ercis e 3 Dear Sir,

I want to te ll your readers some facts about Teal Ltd.
1. Why is the computer not working? The company d o e s n o t u se chemical dyes in its
2. Why is the fire alarm ringing? products or bleach to make our m aterials white. The
m anagement d o e s n o t e n c o u ra g e the use of company
3. Why are the birds dying?
cars. We do n o t allo w staff to park private cars on
U. Why is the oil leaking? company premises. We do not burn our rubbish and we
do n o t th ro w aw ay glass or paper.
Yours fa ith fu lly ,
T ca L
PJ Teal
Managing D irector (Teal Ltd) . - ......„
177
Yes.
TASKS 8 But not Brasilia?
No, we don't operate in Brazil yet.
The Present Simple Question Is Pablo Hernandez coming here this week?
Yes, he likes these meetings.
E x e rc is e 1
1. Does your country make cars?

2. Do the largest companies in your area export
TASKS 10
products to many different countries?
3. How many people do you work or study with?
Positive and Negative Imperatives
U. Do you know any internationally famous products
E x ercis e 1
from your country?
5. Does your hometown have a university?
Please arrive at 10 o’clock prompt. Present
E x ercis e 2
your identity papers to the security officer at the
gate.\Do not park your car in the staff car park.
1. Do you come from Spain? Please go where the security officer tells you. He
2. What time does the bar close? w ill give you an official pass. Walk to the recep-
3. Do you have an umbrella? tion. Present your official pass to the receptionist
U. Do you have a meeting tomorrow? ^Do not enter the office block. A guide w ill come to
5. Do you know a good restaurant? meet you. Please wait in reception.\Do not smoke.
6. Does the hotel have a swimming pool? \Do not take photographs.
7. Do you often come to Paris?
8. Where do you usually go on holiday?
E x ercis e 2
E x e rc is e 3 1. Please use an ashtray.
2. Where do you work? 2. Do not enter.
3. What does Papeleras Valles make? 3. Do not take photographs.
U. How many people does your company employ? I*. You must wear a hard hat.
5. Do you have/Does the company have just one plant? 5. Do not eat this.
6. Do not consume food or drink.
7. Don't walk your dog here.
TASKS 9 8 . Please don’t put paper in here.
9. Please call Freephone 0800.
The Present Continuous vs.
E x ercis e 3
The Present Simple
1. You must arrive at 9 o’clock.
E x e rc is e 1 2. Military airport: Do not take photographs.
3. This material is copyright. Do not photocopy.
5. Please do not park here. Garage in use.
3 5 4 6. Welcome! Please knock and enter.
7 1,6
2
TASKS 11
E x e rc is e 2
The Past Simple Positive
M: We deal mainly with Germany, France and Sweden.
C: And are you negotiating with Japanese E x ercis e 1
customers at the moment?
increased gave helped ran supplied received
M: No, not at the moment.
delivered met ordered lost broke climbed
C: Are you planning to enter any new markets?
came read wrote spoke
M: Yes, Italy. We are launching a range of products
there later this year.
E x ercis e 2
C: And Sweden? Do you sell much there?
M: Yes, we often get big orders from Swedish
manufacturers. On 25 April this year we stop (stopped/ production
ofArpol, a treatment for migraine. Arpol production
E x e rc is e 3 begin /began/ in 2004 and early sales was (were/
very impressive. However, Belpharm Ltd did launch
A: What's happening? /launched/ the Calpem range three years ago. This
B: We’re opening ten new branches in Argentina product was taking /took / a 30% market share in
and Chile. the first two years. At first we agree /agreed/ to
A: Does the bank currently have branches only in continue with Arpol. Now the situation is different.
Buenos Aires and Santiago?

Joelle: Don’t you like w ork?
Bill: Of course I do. I love w ork!
Two years la te r Metfan launched the Stella range.
Seven years ago Stella reached a 15% m a rke t share.
E x ercis e 3
In 20.. M etfan tu rn o ve r rose 20% and two years la te r
Metfan bought Lanco S.A. Last year M etfan had a 1. Did the m aintenance engineer rep air the copier?
23% m a rke t share. 2. Did John read th e Caracas report?
3. Did you w rite to the Kongo Club?
U. Did M r Fish phone?
TASKS 12 5. Did you send the VISA application?
6. Did Larish Ltd co lle ct th e ir order?
The Past Simple Negative Did they pay?
E x ercis e 1
TASKS U
I joined th is com pany five years ago. It was a d ifficu lt
tim e. The com pany was not in a very good state. The Past Continuous
We d id n 't have a cle a r m anagem ent stru ctu re . Our
local m arkets were not very good. O ur m arketin g E xercise 1
d id n ’t include A m erica o r the Pacific regions.
We d id n 't have any cle a r m arketin g strategy. ‘W hat was happening (Q) a few years ago? Well,
Now, th ing s are very different. the com pany w a s n 't doing (N) very w ell. D uring the
1990s we w ere com peting (P) w ith m any suppliers.
We had (P) a s m a ll turnover. Then everyone was
E x ercis e 2 th in kin g about (P) m erge rs and takeovers. In the
New products were not cheap to develop. We didn’t early 2000s we w ere operating IP) in a very different
spend a lot of m oney on research. O ur m arket share m arket. There w ere only fo u r large com panies. A ll
didn’t increase in the early 2000s. The com pany fo u r w ere m aking (P) big profits. We were a ll doing
didn't make m any good products. w e ll (P) . . . ’
Chemco bought the company. There was a big
change in the organisation. The new m anagem ent
E x ercis e 2
wanted to change everything. Most of the old
m anagem ent left. T hings improved. Now, we are T: From 8 o’clock u n til 9 o'clock I was checking
very optim istic. the production system . From 9 o’clock
u n til 10 o’clock I was repairing a com puter.
Then w hen the fire started I wasn’t working. I
E x ercis e 3 was having coffee.
2. On the next day they didn't send the goods to S.F: Were your colleagues drinking coffee too?
Rotterdam by train . T: No, they w ere installing a new printer.
3. On January 17 they didn't load the goods onto a S.F: Was the factory working normally?
ship in Bilbao. T: Yes, everything was running perfectly.
U. On the next day the goods didn’t arrive in Bilbao. S.F: Okay. T hanks fo r your help.
5. C arretera T rasportes didn't take the goods to
Vitoria. E x ercis e 3
6. So Espofrigo didn’t confirm the arrival.
2. At 11.00 Sally w as in the duty free shop. She was
buying clothes.
3. At 11.30 Sally w as at the Gate. She w as w aiting to
TASKS 13 get on the plane.
4. At 12.00 she w as on the plane. She was reading.
The Past Simple Question 5. At 2.00 she was (still) on the plane. She was
having lunch.
E x ercis e 1 6. At 5.00 she was at a m eeting. She w as giving a
1. c 2. d 3. e U. b 5. a presentation.
E x ercis e 2
TASKS 15
Joelle: Did you have an interesting visit?
Bill: Yes, I made som e u sefu l contacts. The Present Perfect Simple
Joelle: Did you see M r Keitel?
Bill: No, he w as in New York. E x ercis e 1 (M)
Joelle: And did you visit o u r colleagues in Sabah?
I have been to B elgium .
Bill: No, I telephoned, but I didn’t have tim e to visit.
Joelle: Did you have tim e fo r any to u rism ? You haven’t visited Saudi Arabia.
Bill: T ourism ! No ... only w o rk and m ore w ork! H e's/She’s studied econom ics.
She’s/H e ’s produced a report.
O ur d ep a rtm e n t has made a profit.
TASKS 17
The com pany has developed new products.
The governm ent has increased taxes. The Present Perfect with For,
Since, Ever and Never
E x ercis e 2
E x ercis e 1
Product B has been profitable since 2008.
P roduct C has done w e ll since 2006. 1. c 2. d 3. b 4. a
Product D has made a p ro fit since 2007.
E x ercis e 2
E x ercis e 3 (M)
MC Have you ever had a big fa ll in sales before?
2. I’ve known h im /h e r since I was 16. Since I was 16. PM No, sales have never fallen so suddenly.
3. No, it hasn ’t made any links. No, it h asn’t. MC How long have you been m arketing this product?
4. Yes, it has owned a p rintin g business since 1965. PM Since the beginning of last year.
Yes, it has. MC So, it ’s been on th e m arket for less than
5. I’ve lived in my present house fo r five years. two years?
For five years. PM: Yes, it has.
6. No, I haven’t w orked fo r an A m erican company. MC: Have you com pared Shine Plus w ith
No, I haven’t. c o m p e tito rs ’ sales results?
7. Yes, I have (I’ve) studied fo r an MBA. Yes, I have. PM: Yes, o u r drop in sales has happened since
January. The m a rk e t has improved. The graph
shows how o u r th re e m ain co m p etito rs have
TASKS 16 a ll benefited: th e y’ve a ll been se llin g better.
The Present Simple Continuous E x ercis e 3
E x e rc is e 1 Kate: How long have you w orked fo r Abacus?

Matt: For about fo u r years.
You’ve been looking fo r a new job. Kate: I see. Have you ever done business in China?
Our exports have been doing w e ll fo r the last Matt: No, w e ’ve never tried the Chinese m arket.
ten years. Kate: W ell, o ur business in China has been rising
since the beginning of the 2000s.
The M arketing D epartm ent has been studying the
Matt: And you’ve been m aking a p ro fit since then?
p erform an ce of o u r PX range.
Kate: Well, not always. For three years, yes.
I’ve been th in kin g about changing my job. Matt: Have you ever visited China?
M ichael has been w orking fo r us since 1995. Kate: Oh yes. Many tim e s. In fact, my husband
W e’ve been analysing last year's sales figures. is Chinese.
E x ercis e 2 TASKS 18
Since 2006 w e ’ve been using autom ated production.
Since 2008 w e ’ve been running tra in in g courses. The Past Simple
Since January w e ’ve been processing o rd ers w ith vs. The Present Perfect Simple
ele ctron ic system s.
We've been building a new w arehouse since E x ercis e 1
February.
1. The com pany has sold its London offices.
E x e rc is e 3 2. The M anaging D ire c to r resigned three years ago.
3. I^have not read the new spaper to day.
EuroTV, 170-174 Rue des Capucins, 2270 Lesigny, FRANCE 4. A rival m an ufa ctu re r^has bought the company.
5. The to p -s e llin g pro duct made over £3m last year.
Dear Hisashi,
6. Many sh a re h o ld e r^ have sold th e ir shares.
Thank you for your letter. EuroTV has been developing links with companies
in other countries. In particular we have been discussing programme
7. M arket analysts^have estim ated|com pany tu rn ove r
making with networks in Belgium and Germany. We have been talking to a to v e r£ 4 0 m .
small, private companies. So fa r we have not tried to set up links with 8. Axam Ltd did not im prove its sales.
companies outside Europe. Many American TV stations have been
examining ways to work in Europe. E x ercis e 2
I look forward to meeting you in Paris. We can discuss these developments. This shows the tu rn o ve r fo r Lander. It declined
between 2004 and 2006 but it has risen since 2006.
Yours sincerely,
The com pany has spent m ore on R&D.
Tor* K tftch.
Tom Kitsch

This shows that the value of Lander shares increased Tom: What did you do?
between 2004 and 2005. It has maintained the same Fred: When I had cleared the paper, I pressed the
Level since 2005. Competitors’ share values have start button.
increased. The increase has not been very large. Tom: Then?
Fred: I thought I had solved the problem. But I
E x ercis e 3 hadn't noticed another problem. Smoke was
i coming out of the back.

Dear Mike,
Tom: So then what happened?
We have d ecid ed to close down the Beta plant for Fred: After I'd seen the smoke, I telephoned you.
three weeks. On Tuesday maintenance inspectors
n oticed problems w ith the machines.
I have not read the inspectors' report. Yesterday we
b e g a n a detailed study. A few weeks ago we TASKS 20
re p aired the pump. It is possible that the pump has
b ro ke n again. We have tran sfe rred production to
our other plant. Fortunately, we have no t lo st much
The Present Tenses and
production. I will telephone you next week w ith more
information.
The Past Tenses
Best Regards E x ercis e 1
The world economy is slowing down (PresC). The

World Bank has published (PPS) a report. It says
TASKS 19 (PresS) that the global economy is growing (PresC) at
The Past Perfect 2% per year. Last year growth was (PastS) 2.8%. The
report contrasts (PresS) with a study by the OECD
E x ercis e 1 last year. This had suggested (PastP) that prospects
1. After I had shut the door I realised my key was inside. were improving (PastC) for developing countries.
2. I had finished my sandwich when the phone rang. According to Credit Bank International, the world
3. When I returned I saw that someone had left a economy has been slowing down (PPC) for a year.
package on my desk.
E x ercis e 2
4. Mrs Maw had not finished opening her post when
John came in. A: Peter, where do you work?
5. The work had not been completed before the B: I w ork for Frobo Ltd.
Vice President arrived. A: How long have you worked there?
B: I’ve worked there for two years.
E xercise 2
A: Where did you w ork before Frobo?
2. The engineers had visited the plant before the B: Allen Brothers.
accident happened. A: Why did you change?
The engineers hadn’t visited the plant before the B: Because the markets w ere falling, and the
accident happened. company was going bankrupt.
Had the engineers visited the plant before the A: Why did you choose Frobo?
accident happened? B: I had worked there before I joined Allen Bros.
3. The company had published the sales results
before the share price fell. E x ercis e 3
The company hadn’t published the sales results 1. From January until June last year we were
before the share price fell. building a new office block.
Had the company published the sales results 2. How much did it cost?
before the share price fell? 3. It cost $250,000.
4. The research team had completed the report U. In December we bought new lorries.
before the management cut the investment. 5. Unfortunately one has broken down.
The research team hadn’t completed the report 6. This delivery is going to Spain.
before the management cut the investment.
Had the research team completed the report
before the management cut the investment? TASKS 21
5. When the deadline came she had finished the report.
When the deadline came she hadn't finished
The Future with W ill and Shall
the report. E x ercis e 1
When the deadline came, had she finished
the report? 1. c 2. d 3. a 4. e 5. b
Tom: What happened? g. So, now I’ll explain the programme for the day.
Fred: Before the machine broke down, I had made c. After this introduction, w e'll have a short tour of
100 copies. the plant.
Tom: Then what? e. Then before coffee w e'll show you a film about our
Fred: When I had done 100, the paper jammed. distribution system.
f. We’Ll have coffee at 11 then we’ll have a meeting
with Ken Levins, our Product Manager.
TASKS 23
a. We'll have lunch in a local restaurant at about
1 o'clock.
The Future with W ill vs. Going
h. After lunch we'll discuss future plans. To vs. Present Continuous
b. We'll finish at about 4- o’clock,
E x ercis e 1
d. So, shall we begin the tour?
A: What are we going to do (1) about the
E x e rc is e 3 promotional material for the exhibition?
2. John: I’ll be in my office tomorrow. B: I’m taking (2) it to the printer’s this afternoon.
M arie: I’ll call you. They told me it’ll be done (3) by Monday.
3. Jacob: I need to see the report. A: Okay. Tell them I’ll pick it up (4) at 10 o’clock.
Hisashi: I’ll get it. B: It’s not necessary. They’re coming (5) here about
A. P ierre: Who’ll tell us the answer? something else.
Imogen: Erik won't A: Okay. I’m going to find out (6) who can do some
5. Juan: What about lunch? translations for us ...
Amy: Shall we go to Gigi's Restaurant?
Fixed plans/ Intentions/ 3 Facts/specific
present continuous going to j tim e s /w iU
TASKS 22 2, 5 1,6 3,4
The Future with Going To vs.

E x ercis e 2 (M)
Present Continuous
Byant: Of course we aren ’t going to close the
E x e rc is e 1 factory. 800 people work here. We’re
Q: What are you working on for the next few weeks? installing a new purification system
A: We’re setting up a new distribution network next summer.
in Asia. We’re not using our own staff. We’re Journalist: People think your new system won’t
going to use local agents. We're going to recruit be enough.
top quality experts. We’re examining some Byant: I’m sure it w ill be.
possible applicants next week. We’re going to run Journalist: Are you going to invest more in
psychometric tests as part of the recruitment environmental protection?
procedure. I’m meeting colleagues later today to Byant: We're increasing spending on this by
finalise plans. 25% this year and next year.
Journalist: Is that too little, too late?
Exercise 2 Byant: No, certainly not. We're spending a lot
of money. And now, we can promise
PhoneCo: Fine. How many people are com ing/are you something else. The river w ill be
going to come?
clean again by the end of this week.
C aller: Well, I’m sending out 50 invitations
this week. E x ercis e 3
PhoneCo: That’s fine. Are you going to hire
phones for everyone?
C aller: No, just about half, I think. To: I [email protected]
PhoneCo: And are you going to need anything else From: j [email protected]
faxes or modems? Subject: j Visit from Harkes Ltd~
C aller: No, w e ’re not planning anything Dear Ricardo,
complicated.
R epresentatives o f Harkes Ltd are coming next w eek.They are
E x ercis e 3 going to look round th e p la n t and th e n w e'll have a m e etin g

at 2 o'clock. We're going to explain o u r plans fo r th e n ext five
years.They k n ow we're moving o ur Sales D ivision to Brussels.They
Memo d o n 't k n o w th a t this will happen in D ecem ber th is year.
I'm going to tell th e m befo re th e m eeting.
To: HJ
Best Regards
From: KP Jean C laude Isias (Papin S.A.)
(1 )45 7 7 3371
Re: KJE/Weisskopf Joint Venture
As you know, we are going to manufacture a new
engine with Weisskopf GmbH. We are having TASKS 2U
a Department meeting next week and I am
travelling to Bremen on the 16th. We are going Conditional I
to sign contract then. Are you coming to the
meeting? That’s all. Good luck. E x ercis e 1
PS. Helen is not joining the design team. She is 2. Jf we_are_successful (IC) our share price
too busy. w ill go up (MC).

3. Jf the_market d_ecljn_e_s_ (1C) we w on ’t buy Axam (MC).
U. One of o u r co m p etito rs w ill buy Axam (MC)
TASKS 26
if we_ don’t (1C).
5. We can take our time (MC), unles_s_Che mco_ Tense Review 1
makes a_sudd_e_n _offer for_Axa_m (1C).
E x ercis e 1
E x ercis e 2
2. W here are you staying at the m om ent?
2. If the co m p u te r crashes, w e ’ll lose the data. d. (I’m staying w ith a colleague) in London.
3. If o u r m a rke t share increases, w e ’ll give (staff) 3. W hat are you w o rkin g on these days?
a pay rise. f. (I’m preparing) a c u s to m e r survey.
U. If they send the goods today, they w ill 4. Where do you w ork?
arrive tom orrow . c. (I w o rk for) Ford (UK).
5. Sales w ill fa ll if we raise prices. 5. When did you s ta rt yo ur present job?
6. Unless we have good w e a th e r we w o n 't make j . (I began) in January th is year.
a profit. 6 . How long have you been doing that?
h. (I’ve been doing it) fo r about two weeks.
E x ercis e 3
7. W hat are you doing th is evening?
i. I’m m eeting a frien d in a bar.
Date: ! 29/03/11 8. W hat are you going to do next sum m er?
To: i [email protected] e. I’m going to A u stra lia w ith my sister.
From: I g.sartori@ modaplc.com 9. If you had a com pletely free choice, w here w ould
Subject: | Next season's forecast you w ork?
Dear Jay, b. I’d go to the USA.
10. If you learn English perfectly, how w ill it help you
If we have a n o th e r y e a r lik e we will produce
la s t y e a r
e x c e lle n t re s u lts .T h e M a rk e tin g D e p a rtm e n t th in k s m ost?
we will do
t h a t i f th e n e w s u m m e r c o lle c tio n sells w e ll,
a. U nderstanding in m eetings w ill be easier.
better th a n la s t year. H o w e ve r, unless the economy
recovers, w e w o n 't d o as w e ll. We a lso n e e d g o o d
our products w on't sell.
w e a th e r. If i t ra in s a lo t,
▼ E x ercis e 2
1. W hat’s your name?

2. Where do you come from?
TASKS 25 3. When w ere you born?
4. W here do you work?
Conditional II 5. How long have you worked (there)?
6. Before that, what did you do?
E x ercis e 1
7. At the m om ent w hat are you working on?
If we s e ll Mago in Asia it w ill help to establish our 8. In fu tu re , w ha t are you going to do?
brand name. But if we set up o ur own distribution
netw ork (IC) it would cost too m uch (MC). Unless we
spent m illion s (IC), we w ou ldn ’t m ake any money (MC). TASKS 27
If we use local people it w ill be m uch cheaper. If Mago
does w e ll in Asia, then w e ’ll expand there in the future.
If it failed of course (IC), w e ’d be in trouble (MC).
Tense Review 2
E x ercis e 1
E x ercis e 2
2. If som eone stole the plans, it w ould be a to ta l aj * [ 3 * ' - -'v ; •;
disaster. Present 3 ,8 ,9 12 1
3. If sales collapsed, people w ould lose th e ir jobs.
Past 5 7 4, 6
U. If the plane crashed, we w ould m iss the m eeting.
Future 2, 10 13 11
5. M ary w ould be happy if Fred resigned.
6. If we increased the R&D budget to $500m we
w ould be the m a rke t leader. E x ercis e 2 (M)
E x ercis e 3 The two com panies had been com petitors.
2. If we spent less on hotels the com pany w ould In 1965 Ardanza Pascual had 45 shops in Spain.
pay m ore tax. Between 1965 and 1980 the com pany was growing
3. Travelling w ould be h arde r w o rk if we didn't by 5% every year.
go first class. Since 1980 the com pany has been exporting all
U. I would like travelling if I d id n ’t have to w ait fo r over Europe.
hours in airpo rts. Now the com pany is planning 20 new products.
5. If I d id n 't like the tra ve llin g I would get a The com pany is going to buy into the US m arket.
different job. In 2020 it is opening a new factory in Poland.
6. My company w ouldn’t use this hotel unless it
was really good.
E x ercis e 3
TASKS 28
Ben: Claude, listen. Before taking a decision on
Infinitive + To the Combo advertising, I would appreciate
knowing your views on the agency we are
E x ercis e 1
working with, Kinetics.
I was pleased to talk to you on the telephone last Claude: Well, avoid signing the contract this week.
night. We w ill be glad to see you in Washington Tell them we’re interested in learning
next month, but I am sorry to hear that Sam is more about their plans.
not coming. Tell him, of course, we’d like to meet Ben: Good. Thanks. I’Ll tell them we’re looking
him another tim e ... forward to meeting them again soon to
discuss things in more detail.
Claude: Yes. And ask them to stop talking about
E x ercis e 2
television advertising. We said it was too
1. I was sorry to hear that John was not well. expensive.
2. It w ill be good to see you again.
3. We plan to spend more on advertising next year.
TASKS 30
U. We always want to give a good service.
5. We expect to do well next year.
Infinitive + To or Verb . . . ing
E x e rc is e 3
E x ercis e 1
"Friends, I am pleased to have the opportunity to
speak again at our Annual General Meeting. I am 1. We continue to promote the use of recycled
glad to see so many old friends. It is difficult to know materials in our factory.
what to say after 20 years as Chairman of the Group. 2. Would you like to see our latest products?
I w ill be sad to leave the company after so long. 3. I tried to phone/phoning you yesterday.
The good news is that I plan to play more golf next 4. Our Overseas Director intends to visit/visiting all
year! But also, I hope to come to the AGM next year. I our subsidiaries this year.
expect it w ill be difficult not to follow the news about 5. I remember meeting you in Madrid last year.
the company. Now, of course, I would like to thank E x ercis e 2
the many people who have helped me in 20 years ...”
1. I like drinking coffee
TASKS 29 b. Coffee is what I like to drink.
2. I forgot to telephone Mr James,
Verb ...ing b. I did not call him.
3. Try calling him in the evening.
E x ercis e 1 a. If you call in the evening, it is possible that you
w ill reach him.
Dear George
We are planning a meeting next week. We are interested E xercise 3
in hearing colleagues' views on the sales campaign for
the Shello range. Before attending the meeting, please
I’m on a tour of our European suppliers as I’m
read the interim report, Shello Advertising SA/JD
responsible for checking quality control. I had
3421JD. I suggest inviting the marketing group to intended to see/seeing all our suppliers but it’s
attend the meeting, but we should avoid having long
impossible to do that in only one week. I'm in Rome
discussions about individual markets.
at the moment. I remember arriving in Rome last
year. I had forgotten to bring the address of our
Regards
supplier. I found the number in the telephone book.
Sophie Allen
I love coming here. I enjoy hearing the language.
Tomorrow I’m in Spain. I like going there too. We
E x e rc is e 2 have an excellent supplier in Tarragona.
\m Before coming to the meeting, please

read the attached report. TASKS 31
2. Thank you fo r buying the Oakham 50 Printer. Do
On opening th e box, please make sure all the
contents are complete. E x ercis e 1
1. Does he come here often?

3. If you are interested in knowing more, please
2. Does he work here?
contact us on 0800 600600.
3. Does she work for your company?
4. We hope you enjoyed visiting us. Please come again! U. Did they come from Osaka yesterday?
5. He doesn't like flying so he came by train.
5. Don’t stop thinking about guaiity! 6. We didn’t sign the contract yesterday.
7. Please don’t speak so fast.
Exercise 2 AX: Okay. We’ll s o rt it out. (b)
PC: Thank you. Goodbye.
1. a. He doesn’t like his job.
b. We don’t s e ll co m p u te r softw are.
c. He doesn't w ork fo r RYG. TASKS 33
2. a. Does he live in the city centre?
b. Does she speak Arabic? May and Might
c. Did you like C alifornia? E x ercis e 1
3. a. Jo w ent to Oslo every week.
b. He didn’t like the hotel. A: May I ask you som ething?
c. I didn’t understand. B: Of course you may.
A: May I deliver the rep ort next week?
E x ercis e 3 B: You may not. The m eeting is tom orrow .
1. Q: Did you fly here yesterday? A: Well, I m ight to arrive late.
A: No, I didn’t. I cam e by train .
2. Q: Do you export to the USA? E x ercis e 2
A: No, we don't. 1. m ig h t not/m ay not
3. Q: Does yo ur com pany m ake com puters? 2. may
A: Yes, it does. 3. m ay not
4. Q: Do you spend a lot on R & D? 4. may
A: Yes, we do. 5. m ay n o t/m ig h t not
6. m ay/m ight
TASKS 32
E x ercis e 3
W ill and Would 2. No, you may not.
3. I’ ll probably fin ish it by Friday but it might be
E x ercis e 1
ready by Thursday.
1. W ill you send me m ore details? (R) 4. Yes, of course you may.
2. If I’m interested I’ll call tomorrow. (C)
3. I'll post you o ur price list. (0)
4. J o h n ’ll visit you early next week. (F)
TASKS 34
5. The co ntract w ill be ready in M arch. (F)
Can and Could
6 . I’ll m eet you at the a irp o rt. (0)
7. Would you reduce the price if I ordered 20? (C) E x ercis e 1
8. W ill you help w ith these figures, please? (R)
1. A Can you come at 3 o ’clock?
B I could, but A w ould be better.
E x ercis e 2
2. A Her a pp ointm e nt is today.
Tom: I'd like to discuss o u r situation. B Yes, but she phoned yesterday to say she
Bill: If I can, I’ll help you. If it’s a s m a ll problem , couldn't come.
w e'll agree. 3. A: When you saw the figures, could you
Tom: W ill you give me a bigger discount? understand them ?
Bill: Sorry, Tom, I won't drop the price any m ore. B No, I couldn't.
We’d lose money. 4. A Can you speak German?
Tom: No, you wouldn’t. If you s e ll m ore, you’ ll B No, I can’t.
m ake a bigger profit.
E x ercis e 2
E x ercis e 3
1. c 2. a 3. b 4. a
AX: Hello, A fte r Sales D epartm ent.
PC: Hello. Peter Cord from Leeds, here. I’d like some E x ercis e 3
help with an AX20. The power isn’t working.
1. Can I help you? Yes, I need som e advice.
AX: Okay. If you use the em ergency sw itch on the
2. Can I come in? Of course.
back, the lig h t w ill come on. (d)
3. Sorry, I can’t understand.
PC: No, it w o n ’t. T he re ’s no power.
4. The plane couldn't take off. It w as too foggy.
AX: Right, I’ll ask an engineer to visit you. (c)
5. My c a r has broken down. I could be very late.
PC: W ill you send som eone today?
AX: I’m not sure if th a t w ill be possible. W ill you
hold on please? (a) TASKS 35
PC: Certainly.
AX: Hello again. Som eone’ll be there at 2 p.m.
Must, Have To and Have Got To
to m o rro w , (e) E x ercis e 1
PC: Okay, th an k you.
AX: W ill you give me yo ur address, please? (f) 1. F 3. F 5. F
PC: Yes, it’s Beta Foods Ltd, 350 Otley Road, Leeds. 2. T 4. F 6. F
Exercise 2 Exercise 2
1. We have got to pay more tax this year. Jim : Should we discuss the problem with the
2. We must not spend too much on special bank? (S)
promotions. Alice: I don’t know. You ought to talk to Jeremy
3. Last year we had to advertise a lot on television. first. (A)
4. Our competitors are in trouble. They have got to Jim: Well, the bank charges ought to come down
reduce their prices. next year. (P)
5. We must to plan our marketing carefully. Alice: Maybe we should close the account. (S)
Jim : First, I think I ought to write to the bank. (S)
E x ercis e 3
E x ercis e 3
1. 'We must buy some more trucks.’
2. ‘I’ve no money. I’ll have to borrow some from 1. You ought to/should see a doctor.
the bank.’ 2. The truck ought to/should arrive tomorrow.
3. ‘You have to present a business plan.’ 3. We ought to/should cut our prices.
4. ‘There’s only one problem. We’ve got to /w ill have U. Inflation ought to/should fall soon.
t o /’11 have to pay the money back.’
TASKS 38
TASKS 36
Question Tags
Mustn't, Needn’t, Don’t Have To
E x ercis e 1
and Haven’t Got To
1. Business is important, isn't it?
E x ercis e 1 2. Businesses have to make a profit, don't they?
2. Companies do not have to pay a minimum wage. 3. Profit creates jobs, doesn't it?
3. We do not need to meet health and safety U. People w ill always have new ideas, won’t they?
regulations. 5. Most companies have improved working
4. Our competitors did not have to reduce their prices. conditions, haven’t they?
5. We haven’t got to advertise in national newspapers 6. Companies haven’t always spent much on
training, have they?
E x ercis e 2 7. Businesses cannot forget their customers, can they?
2. You do not need a visa to go to Poland from 8. Government must help businesses, mustn’t it?
Germany. E x ercis e 2
3. You haven't got to pay by cash.
4. We didn’t need to increase production. 2. You can’t tell us the price of BKD, can you?
5. He doesn't have to learn a new software program. No, I can’t.
3. You’re going to London now, aren ’t you?
Yes, I am.
4. There w ill be another meeting in the morning,
Dear Sir, won’t there? Yes, there w ill.
5. So discussions are still continuing, aren ’t they?
You reported last week that Larssen S.A. had a
strong market position. Then you said that the Yes, they are.
company does not have to think about its 6. But you haven’t agreed a price, have you?
competitors. This is not true. We must not believe Not yet. Goodbye.
that our market share is permanent. We do not
need to worry about our jobs today, but we E x ercis e 3
certainly cannot forget about our competitors. A
year is a short time in business. A: This is a good hotel, isn’t it?
B: Yes, it’s fine. You haven’t stayed here before,
Yours faithfully,
have you?
A: No, this is my first time.
Bo Johannessen B: It’s 8 o’clock. We should have dinner, shouldn't we?
Chairman Larssen S.A. A: Yes, I’m hungry. Oh dear! I didn’t book a table.
B: We don't need to, do we?
A: I don’t know. We’ll find out, won’t we?
TASKS 37 TASKS 39
Should and Ought To Active
E x e rc is e 1 E x ercis e 1
A: Ought we to have a meeting? 2. He flew to Miami last night.
B: We shouldn’t have one today. 3. He took his laptop with him.
We ought to wait a few days. U. He wanted to finish writing the report on the plane.
A: Should we? 5. He w ill give it to Head Office in Miami.

rent a car 1. Paper should be recycled.
accept an offer 2. Please switch off the lights.
appoint a secretary 3. Visitors should leave coats and bags, etc. here.
design a new product 4. Eye protection must be worn.
investigate a problem
write a letter E x ercis e 3
borrow money
pay an invoice First, we’ll see a film about Eastern Water. Then
quote a price the Managing Director w ill give a talk on the
history and future for EW. Then w e'll go on a tour
E x ercis e 3
of the factory. We’ll see demonstrations of how
1. Our prices have risen this year. water is distributed and how water is treated,
2. Last year our sales fell. Finally, we’ll have dinner.
3. We reduced our prices.
4. We have also improved our products.
5. Our sales have recovered. TASKS 42
TASKS 40 It Is/They Are vs. There Is/
There Are
Passive
E x ercis e 1 (M)
E xercise 1
Are they French?
New products (are/were/will be) tested in our
There are many tourists here.
laboratories.
They aren’t French.
Customers (are/were/will be) sent a company
Are there a lot of museums?
newsletter.
Are they expensive?
Company policy (is/was/will be) based on quality.
There is a good restaurant here.
Profits (are/were/will be) invested in new projects.
Is it French?
E x ercis e 2 It is expensive.
1. Orders are taken by telephone.
E x ercis e 2
2. The information is sent to the warehouse.
3. The goods are loaded into vans. A: There are many good hotels in Tokyo. I like the
4. They are delivered to the shops. Tokyo Hilton. It is in the centre of the city.
B: Are there many small family hotels?
A: No, there aren ’t.
B: I imagine they are very expensive.
There are many important activities before
A: In Tokyo? Yes, it is an expensive city.
take off. The fuel tanks are filled and the
aircraft systems are checked. Food is brought
E x ercis e 3
on board. All the baggage is loaded in the hold.
The captain and the co-pilot are informed of Clerk: Yes, there are many trains. Now it's 11.25.
runway conditions and other details about There was a train at 11.21. The next one is
take off. When everything is almost ready, at 11.41.
passengers are invited to board the plane.’ M aria: Is it direct?
Clerk: No, it isn't. It goes via Essen. There is a
train to Munster via Essen every 20 minutes.
M aria: Are there direct trains to Munster?
TASKS 41 Clerk: Yes, there is a direct train at 11.50.
It’s direct to Munster.
Active vs. Passive
E x ercis e 1
TASKS 43
Users should change [A] their password every Have and Have Got
week. All confidential information should be stored
(P) on computer hard disk. Users should copy (A) E x ercis e 1
confidential information on to floppy disks. Disks
I didn’t have (V) a very good job last year. Now I’ve
should be placed (P) in the safe in the Finance
got (HG) a new position in the company. I’ve (AUX)
Office. Confidential information should not be
taken control of export sales. We’ve (V) many new
removed (pi from Chemco PLC without the
clients in America and Asia. Have (AUX) you seen
permission of a Department Manager. Report (A) all
our product brochure? We’ve (AUX) had a new one
security incidents to an appropriate manager.
printed this week. Mary, have you got (HG) a copy?
187
1. d 4. c Delta: Tell te me again, how much do you want?
2. e 5. f Langer: I said $20,000.
3. a 6. b Delta: But tell me a lower price.
Langer: I am telling you our lowest price.
E x e rc is e 3
Delta: What did you say roe last week about
Fumi: How many employees do you have?/have terms of payment?
you got? Langer: I told you 60 days’ payment.
Mike: W e’ve/w e’ve got about 2,000.
Fumi: Do you have/have you got/have you many E x ercis e 3
sales reps?
Mike: About 300. We’veAA/e’ve got 30 in the Far East. To: | [email protected]
Fumi: Have you worked in Malaysia? From: I [email protected]
Mike: Yes, I have. And w e’ve got/we have three big Subject: | Your meeting w ith Dennie Flowers (Axis Ltd) Tuesday 20 March
customers there.
Dear Karen,
Fumi: What about Indonesia?
Mike: No, we haven't/haven't got any customers What did Ms Flowers say about the delivery last week?
there. I saw her on Monday. She didn 't say anything about it.
Did she tell you anything about the invoice?
On the telephone I told her we would give a 10%
TASKS U discount. In fact I forgot. Please phone her.Tell h e r!
made a mistake. Say we can send a new invoice.
Get and Have Got Note: I have told all our sales reps to offer a 10%
discount.
E x ercis e 1
Best Regards
A: Did you get (G) my letter yesterday?
Rajiv
B: I didn't get (G) it yesterday. It came today. I’ve got
(HG) it here on my desk.
The problem is getting (G) serious, but I haven't
got (HG) time to discuss it now. I’ll call later. TASKS 46
B: Well, I’ve got (HG) a meeting this afternoon.
A: Okay. I’ll call you before lunch. Make vs Do
E x e rc is e 2 E x ercis e 1
1. f 4. b 1. made 5. did
2. d 5. c 2. do 6. making
3. a 6. e 3. making 7. make
4. made 8. Do
E x ercis e 3
1. Beth: Getting better. E x ercis e 2
2. M ike: What have you got?
Amy: Was it a good meeting?
3. Peter: We didn’t get the contract.
Leo: Yes, we made a decision. We are going to
4. Amy: Did you get the money?
increase production of BIGG0.
5. Syd: Yes. I got it yesterday. Thank you very much. Amy: What about the costs?
6. Alice: I’ve got a new job and it’s really difficult.
Leo: We made a new budget. We think we w ill do
7. Billy: It’ll get easier, I’m sure.
more business next year. We’ll make a profit
of £200,000.
TASKS 45 Amy: Good. Do you know that Rospa Ltd. have made
a complaint about our BIGG0 promotion?
Say vs Tell Leo: Yes, they are making a big mistake. We have
done nothing wrong. We have done our
E x ercis e 1
research. Rospa know that BIGGO is going
1. What did you say? to make money. With good marketing we
e. I said I would like fish. will make sure that we do better than Rospa
2. Tell me which you prefer. next year.
f.I prefer white wine with fish.
3. Tell me about the work in India, E x ercis e 3
d. Have I told you about Mr Singh? 1. We do business in France.
4. Say anything you like, 2. You are making a mistake.
c. What sh a lll say? 3. They did a good job.
5. Tell the waiter you want another knife. 4. We have made progress.
a. I’ve told him already. 5. They made an offer, but it was too low.
6. Let me pay. 6. We had to make a choice.
b. No, I said I would this time. 7. They have done the research.

2. The R + D budget w ill rise next year.
TASKS U7 3. In summer prices rise.
4. Inflation rose in 2008.
Used To 5. The Company w ill raise agents’ commissions.
E x ercis e 1
Peter: Do you travel a lot? TASKS 49
Janis: Yes, but I am used to (GH) working away.
I am away more than I am at home. Verb + Preposition
Peter: That is hard. What about your husband?
Janis: He’s used to (6H) it. He looks after our Exercise 1
children.
Peter: Have you always worked? succeed in
Janis: I used to (PH) stay at home when the ask for
children were very young. Now they are at hear about
school, I am always travelling. The children depend on
are used to (GH) a 'weekends only' mum. consist of
Peter: I hope you like flying. look forward to
Janis: I used to (PH) hate it, but it's okay now. My agree with
husband hates flying. He used to (PH) be a
pilot. E xercise 2
E x ercis e 2
D ear Jam es,
1. He has lived abroad. He used to live in Italy.
2. He is used to making presentations. T h a n k y o u fo r ag reeing to a tte n d o u r m e e tin g o n 28
O c to b e r .W e w ill talk ab o u t o u r m a r k e tin g s tr a te g y f o r next
a g e n d a w ill co n sist of ju s t th r e e p o in ts :
3. He likes going for walks. When he was young he y e a r. T h e
used to go for walks with his father. re c r u itm e n t, t r a in in g , a d v e r tis in g a n d p r o m o tio n . I th in k w e
4. He works long hours. He is used to working late. w ill su c cee d in r e a c h in g o u r ta r g e t o f a 1 0% in c r e a s e . F o r

o u r S a le s S t a ff ,o b v io u s ly w e n e e d to in v est in tr a in in g . W e
5. He likes going out with friends. He is used to cannot depend on o u r p r e s e n t r e p u ta tio n .
eating in restaurants.
6. Michael has a new car. He used to have a
I am looking forw ard to s e e in g y o u o n 2 8 O c to b e r.
motorbike. Y o u rs s in c e r e ly
E x ercis e 3
Ann: I don’t mind. I'm used to it.
Peter: Have you always driven to work? E x ercis e 3
Ann: No, I used to go by train.
Peter: Is this your first job? Sam: The meeting was really good. We got almost
Ann: No, I used to work for RYG. You ask so many all we were asking for.
questions! Paula: Yes, in fact, I was surprised we managed to
Peter: I'm used to it. I’m a journalist! obtain a very low price.
Sam: Also, we got good terms. We don’t have to
pay for the goods until January.
TASKS 48 Paula: That’s true. I think they have lost some
business recently. They were relying on
Rise vs. Raise
getting the contract from us. We got a good
E x ercis e 1 deal because they knew we have other
suppliers. We were not depending on them.
In the first half of the year prices rose (I) by 10%.
Also, we weren’t in a hurry. We can wait for
Wages rose (I) at the same time. The government
smaller companies to supply us.
raised (T) taxes and the banks raised (T) interest
Sam: But obviously, we were hoping for a quick deal.
rates. Inflation continued to rise (I).
E x ercis e 2
1. c. Sales rose by 10%.
TASKS 50
2. b. The advertising budget has risen.
Verb + Adverb (Phrasal Verb)
3. c. Costs w ill probably rise.
U. a. The number of unemployed workers rose
E x e rc is e 1
this year.
5. b. Electricity companies have raised their charges. return (goods) = send back
6. c. Bank charges w ill rise next year. reduce (production) = cut back
abandon (plans) = call off
E x ercis e 3
buy (a company) = take over
1. The National Telephone Company has raised the go out of business = close down
price of making a call. start (a machine) = switch on
E xercise 2
TASKS 52
1. The meeting has been put back two months, d
2. AD Industries closed the plant down ten years Negative Statements
ago. a
3. We’ve called in the suppliers to fix the machine, c
4. AGCO has turned down an offer of $800,000 for To: | [email protected]
.. .
I
j
the company, b From: | m aria_aubert@ jdloughman.com
Subject: | Ibros S.A. negotiation I
E x e rc is e 3
Dear Nick,
Boris: If we cannot sell all the goods we have, we We (S) did n o t have (NV) a m eeting w ith Ibros S.A. because we rejected
must cut back production. th e ir offer.The offer (S) did n o t com e (NV) by email. We received a fax
on Thursday. We understand th a t th e Managing D irector o f Ibros. Mr
Susan: Yes. Our agents want to send back goods Kalkos. (S) w ill n o t sign (NV) th e contract. We (S) have n o t accepted
they cannot sell. But I also think we should (NV) th e present proposals. A t th e m om ent we (S) are n o t planning to
continue (NV) production o f th e Alisia range. Last year w e (S) d id n 't
set up an agency network in Asia.
reach (NV) agreem ent im m ediately. Now, I th in k it (S) w ill n o t be easy
Boris: But we turned down that idea last year. (NV) to fin d a solution.
Susan: I think the Board should find ways to build
up our reputation for quality service.
E x ercis e 2
Boris: Certainly. That would be better than
putting up prices again. 1. We won’t finish our business tomorrow afternoon.
2. The meeting w asn’t planned to last three days.
3. We can’t go home tomorrow.
TASKS 51 U. We shouldn’t go to the Castle restaurant tonight.
5. It doesn't open every night.
Positive Statements 6. Friday isn't a good night to go.
7. They don’t cook fish on Fridays.
E x ercis e 1 8. I haven't eaten a lot of fish recently.
9. The Castle restaurant hasn't been
Sales (S) have been ven/ disappointing (VP) this year. recommended to us.
Our costs (S) are rising (VP) every day. Clearly, our 10. We didn't go there last time.
marketing team (S) need to market (VP) our products
better. But our R & D Department (S) are confident E x ercis e 3
(VP). They (S) are developing (VP) a brilliant new 2. Inflation won’t rise in the near future.
product. ]t (S) will need (VP) support from the bank. 3. Sol’s market share has not increased in ten years.
A new business plan (S) is being prepared (VP) at the 4. The sales volume did not improve between 2004
moment. and 2006.
5. Actual sales did not reach forecast sales in 2009.
E x ercis e 2 6. Hammond Ltd w ill not be taken over next year.
a. Now United Electric exports all over the world. 7
b. In 2000 Keele Brothers was taken over by United TASKS 53
Electric Inc. U
c. In those days Keele Brothers made bicycles. 2 Questions: Yes/No
d. Between 1980 and 2000 the main products were
E x ercis e 1
pumps and small engines. 3
e. The name of the company was changed to United A: Do you live near your company?
Electric (UK) Ltd. 5 B: No, it’s about 25 km to the office.
f. Keele Brothers Ltd was started in 1970. 1 A: So how do you travel to work?
g. Since then the company has developed an B: I go by train or sometimes by car.
international market. 6 A: Is it quicker by train?
B: Yes - and I can work on the train.
E x ercis e 3 A: Isn’t it crowded?
B: No, not usually. It’s okay.
1. In 2009 Hebden joined an international
consortium to develop a new aircraft. E x ercis e 2
2. Since 2004 the company has realised continual 1. e 3. d 5. a
growth. 2. f U. c 6. b
3. Our products have been exported all over the
world for many years. E x ercis e 3
U. Our production uses highly automated systems. 2. Will Mandy meet/ls Mandy going to meet Joanne
5. Our market share in our home market is now next weekend?
12%. 3. Will Alex be back from Nairobi tomorrow?
6. 7,000 people are employed by the Hebden group. U. Does Tom usually rent a car for trips abroad?
7. The annual report contains details for our 21 5. Are you prepared for your presentation next week?
different product areas. 6. Did Rolf go to New York in June last year?
Pre -Inte rm e d ia te Business G ra m m a r

E x ercis e 2
TASKS 54
Questions: Wh- Date: i 18/10/2010 .........
I
E x ercis e 1 From: f marketing@ amtel.com I

Subject: RE: AMTEL MARKET SURVEY
1. When did you get here?
Dear Kevin,
d. I came on Monday.
How much are w e going to spend? US $450,000
2. Where are you staying? How many people w ill g e t questionnaires? 3,000
e. In the Crescent Hotel. How long w ill th e research take? tw o months
How often do w e need to repeat this survey? every tw o years
3. Do you plan to stay long? How far w ill th e survey extend? a ll over Japan
h. Just two days. How big is th e consultancy w hich is carrying o u t th e research? the
4th biggest in Japan
4. What kind of business are you in? How w ill th e y analyse th e result? by computer and personal interview
f. I work for a bank as a financial advisor.
Answers by M onday please! Thanks.
5. Which bank?
g. Credit Bank International.
6. Why are you in New York?
E x ercis e 3
a. For a meeting with our partners.
7. Who is the senior Vice-President of CBI? W illy: How much does employee insurance cost?
b. Roland K. Saxman. Ben: Employee insurance costs about 10% of the
8. Have you been here before? salaries.
c. No, this is my first visit. W illy: How many employees do you have?
Ben: Around 850.
E x ercis e 2 W illy: How long do they stay with Aranco?
Ben: Normally, if they stay, they stay for a long
Which lorry is going to Belgium?
time.
W here is the other one going?
W illy: How often does the company make a
What are they carrying?
detailed study of employee insurance?
Which one is carrying meat?
Ben: We make a detailed study very often.
Who is our client in Greece?
Every year. It’s very important.
Where are they based?
Willy: How big is Aranco’s turnover?
Who is the driver?
Ben: Our turnover is £30m. This is increasing by
between 3% and 6% every year.
E x ercis e 3
2. What did he decide to increase?

3. Where do we need to advertise? TASKS 56
4. What did you write?
5. Who did they give the report to? Commands - Positive and
6. Who said the report was excellent? Negative
7. What are the reasons for supporting the idea?
8. When could the project start? E x ercis e 1
9. Which office w ill control the project?
Please arrive at about 8.30 and register with
reception. You w ill be given a key. You may relax until
TASKS 55 9.30. At 9.30, please meet at the Main Entrance.
Don’t go directly to the Seminar Room. Wait for
Questions: How your group leader. He/she w ill give you instructions.
Please don’t telephone the office except in an
E x ercis e 1 emergency. Further information can be obtained by
email or letter.
1. How many people came to the exhibition?
2. How often do you attend exhibitions? E x ercis e 2
3. How do you organise the promotion of your
company? 1. c 5. e
4. How long did the exhibition last? 2. g 6. h
5. How much does a stand cost at a fair? 3. d 7. a
6. How big is the Paris trade fair? 4. b 8. f
E x ercis e 3
Then listen to voicemail. Don't fix appointments for

Friday or Monday. Book tickets to Munich. W rite to
Kelso and TBM, and finally do not accept Jade &
Co’s offer on Monday.
E x ercis e 2
TASKS 57
We w ill know if there are any problems after the first
Sentence Types: Simple vs. six months' sales.
Complex The product w ill be launched next week though at
first only in the home market.
E x ercis e 1 It’s a new concept so it w ill need a lot of promotion.
We are going to promote it heavily because we need
The Amco 75 went into production in the Spring. a major new success.
Sales were very good (MC) and we quickly We w ill target young people who have always been
established a significant market share (MC). We our key market.
have begun exporting the Amco 75 (MC),[thought
early sales are weak (SC). We w ill have a satisfactory E x ercis e 3
year (MC)(lf]our exports improve (SC). Profit has
gone up this year (MC)jbecause our domestic sales ‘We need to increase our prices because our costs
have increased (SC). Our research has been very are rising. Many companies are in a similar position,
productive (MC) but costs have risen (MC). Now though our costs are especially high. We have a
we have many competitors (MC)[whojare seen as strong export market where our sales are still good.
important dangers in some key markets (SC). We have identified some key problems which make
the home market very difficult at present. We will
E x ercis e 2 have continued problems if we do not take some
difficult decisions. There is no time to lose, so we
B: Yes, we have agreed to recruit another secretary,
have to do something quickly.’
though we have not decided when.
A: But we need one now. There w ill be problems if
we don’t get one soon. TASKS 59
B: I think there w ill be resignations because
everyone is working too hard. Relative Clauses
A: I agree. People w ill resign or they w ill simply be
less effective at work.
with Who and Which
B: I’m going to speak to Patrick, who w ill accept
E x ercis e 1
that the situation is critical.
E x ercis e 3 A N TIB IO TIC S TODAY
9 sentences, all S (simple) The conference, which w ill discuss the action of antibiotics
I work for Arkop GmbH which makes car on diseases IND). w ill be held at University College, which is
one of the oldest colleges in the city (ND). People who wish
components. The company is based in Kirchheim, to attend (D) should send an application form to the
which is in Southern Germany. This is a good location President of the Society, who is in charge of bookings (ND).
because many of our customers are very close. We Anyone who is presenting a paper at the conference (D) w ill
automatically receive fu ll details.
sell our products all over Germany and/though/but
we also export a lot, but/though our domestic market
is the most important part of our business.
E x ercis e 2
TASKS 58 2. The woman who said our collection was

wonderful is the editor of Style.
Subordinate Clauses 3. We use the best agencies, who charge a lot of
money, to show our collection.
E x e rc is e 1 4. We depend on magazine publicity, which
increases our international reputation.
(B E c A U S/ 5. Many important magazine editors, who have

massive influence, attend the fairs.
6. The design team which plans our participation is
S B L 9 yR very experienced.
fT]
H E M fU Iz F E x ercis e 3
\—/I
2. The Director who came here yesterday is Italian.

0 M :w,r U yA fwj 3. Our main clients, who are in Europe, are sports
clubs.
U K M W\ I C h; U. In 2008, which was a record year, we supplied
floors for the Olympic Games.
G T H R D P e 5. Our R and D institute, which is based at Newtown
University, is developing new floor materials.
w (s loj 0 X L (nJ 6. The floors which we sent to Finland last year are
specially for outdoor use.

E x ercis e 3
TASKS 60
A: Where is your factory?
Clauses Of Cause or Reason B: It’s near Orleans, but our headquarters/head
with Because office is in Paris.
A: How many employees do you have?
E x ercis e 1 B: About 2,000 including our sales staff.
A: What’s the annual turnover?
Our financial position changes during the year B: This year it’ll be about £85m.
because our sales are seasonal. They are seasonal A: And what w ill be the profit on that?
because we have always been specialists in winter B: Around £5m.
clothing. This creates problems because in summer
we have a shortage of money. We are planning to
enter new markets because if we do not, we w ill not TASKS 62
survive.
Countable and Uncountable Nouns
E x ercis e 2
E x ercis e 1
2. We are going to build one next to the sea because
our business needs sea transport.
3. This is also a good location because we are near CHANG ES (CP) IN R E TA ILIN G [CPl
the train station.
The rationalisation (C) of retailing (UP) has been a major
U. We need a large development site because we are
characteristic (C) of recent years (CP) and many small
building a big warehouse.
shops (CP) have disappeared. Large chains (CP) and
5. We do not need many staff because the company
supermarkets (CP) now dominate the sector (C). In the
has an automated process.
UK (U), 70% of food (U) is sold by just four retailers (CP).
6 . We w ill keep costs down because we plan to
Many people (UP) have criticised this trend (C). They say
employ few people. it leaves the consumer (C) with less choice (U).
E x ercis e 3
Benson Ltd won the National Prize for Industry

because the company managed record exports. The E x ercis e 2
company managed record exports because it makes
excellent products. The company makes excellent 1. Hello. I would like some informations
products because Benson has a commitment to (information) about your products.
research. Benson has a commitment to research 2. How many works (jobs) have you had since you
because the company has high quality management. left school?
3. I asked my bank manager for an advice [advice).
He told me to get a new work (job).
TASKS 61 4. Please can I change this money? I need some
coin (coins) for the telephone.
Singular and Plural Nouns 5. Please do not leave baggages (baggage)
unattended.
E xercise 1 6 . We have spent a lot of money on new machines.
All the equipments (equipment) in this room are
Ml! \ V*<HI rTI jStl Hy-r- (is) new.
export exports fish fish
E x ercis e 3
information X turnover X
research X record records 1. We don’t have enough information. Ring them and
ask for more details.
accountant accountants capital X
2. John works for a company that makes
figure figures sale sales agricultural machinery.
3. We are a financial services company. We give
advice on insurance, pensions and other aspects
E x ercis e 2
of money management.
Every year the company publishes its annual U. I asked him for advice. He made two suggestions.
accounts in a report for the shareholders. The First, do more advertising and secondly, find a
main details concern the financial report. This new Sales Assistant.
contains information about sales, turnover, costs 5. Please can you help me with these cases? They
and profit. It also reports the assets that are held are very heavy.
by the company, and the liabilities. These are any 6. John has changed his job. He now works for
debts or cash that the company owes. All this data a bank.
is presented in the profit and loss account and the 7. Many people work in insurance or banking, but
balance sheet. most work in commerce.
Exercise 2
TASKS 63
1. b. Fred’s car
Noun Compounds 2. b. the Chief Executive’s car
3. b. KLP’s market share is 12%
E x ercis e 1 4. b. yesterday’s paper
weather forecast market forces 5. a. the workers’ canteen
credit card satellite dish 6. a. the design of the computer
hotel room container ship
alarm clock E x ercis e 3
identity card
The Research Director's report was very positive.
E x ercis e 2 We hope that all Frodo's customers w ill like the
new product. We think it w ill meet our customers'
needs. I agree with John Tudor’s opinion. He thinks
Please send ^product information Frodo's m arket share w ill increase. With this new
*price list product, next year's perform ance will be very good.
and details of *customer services As always, we must focus on the quality of our
and ^payment terms products and services. The Chairman's speech at
I would like a product demonstration and I want to the AGM w ill say that quality and new products are
arrange a meeting with a sales representative. Also, most important.
do you have any special sales promotions at present?
Please send a fa x message to the above number ASAP
TASKS 65
Adjectives vs. Adverbs
E x ercis e 3
E x ercis e 1
2. If you apply for a job, you complete and send a job
application. Excellent (adj) results have helped MODO. In an
3. The result of the test is a test result. unusually (adv) wet (adj) summer, the company did
4. When you need to change money to another really (adv) well. The fashionable (adj) clothes were
currency, you ask for the exchange rate. popular (adj) with young (adj) consumers. Now the
5. If a company wants to spend money on company w ill definitely (adv) increase its production,
advertising, it prepares an advertising budget. Staff are busily (adv) planning an equally (adv)
6. Before getting on a plane, you have to wait in the successful (adj) range for next (adj) year, but the
departure lounge. market w ill be very (adv) competitive (adj).
7. People who travel a lot on business make many
business trips. E x ercis e 2
8. We use a lot of computers. We live in an age of
information technology.
TASKS 64
Genitive Forms
E x ercis e 1
'Tambo’s results are very good. Last year’s figures

were also pleasing, but now our turnover has
improved by 15%. Our competitors' results are not
as good. The work of all our staff has been excellent.
Our products have answered the needs of our
customers. The company’s dedication to quality has
been total. The decision of the Board to enter new
markets was also very important. The former Chief
Executive, Bill Machin, made a very big contribution -
Bill’s ideas made Tambo the success it is today.’

Alan: The changes in the market are going to 1. Yesterday Mr Roach got up early.
affect the company quite seriously. 2. He had a coffee, then calmly began to read the paper.
Helga: We need to make some quick decisions. 3. Suddenly he noticed the time.
Alan: We urgently need a new marketing strategy. U. Im m ediately he ran out of the house.
Helga: Fortunately, the products are excellent. 5. He looked urgently for a taxi.
Alan: I agree absolutely, but we have to get 6. The taxi went very fast to the airport.
people interested. 7. He was just in tim e for the plane.
Helga: I’m confident that we w ill do that. 8. Fortunately, he was not too late for the meeting.
Alan: Good, because our sales have fallen
dramatically. E x ercis e 3
A: When w ill she be back?

TASKS 66 B: Perhaps she’ll be back la te r today.
A: OK. I'll phone tom orrow.
Comparison of Adjectives B: Can I take a message?
A: Well, yes please. Tell her the meeting with
E x ercis e 1 Blanchard went very w ell. We have to prepare
a contract immediately, but it must be done
llfiU M i l l l i carefully. The details are very important.
cheap cheaper cheapest B: OK. Thanks. Goodbye.
strong stronger strongest A: Bye.
modern more modern most modern
useful more useful most useful
bad worse worst TASKS 68
experienced more experienced most experienced
near nearer nearest Expressions of Frequency
comfortable more comfortable most comfortable
weak weaker weakest E x ercis e 1
difficult more difficult most difficult
much more most j always j| Jsom etim es
S
! ra rely ]! occasionally j never frequently

£
little less least 3 6 2 4

r-
in
1. Product B is the most successful. F 1. I go to London twice a year.

2. Product A has sold more than product B. T 2. We have meetings every day.
3. Product C is the least expensive. F 3. Our share price changes every hour/hourly.
4. Product B is cheaper than product A. F U. I write a sales report every Friday/once a week.
5. Product A is the oldest. T 5. We report to Head Office three tim es a week.
6. Product B is newer than product C. F 6. Our Sales Report is published annually/every
year/in December.
E x ercis e 3 7. I never go to America on business.
It has a s m aller market share than Rotobank Ltd.

E x ercis e 3
Gold Bank has the most capital reserves. It is the
strongest bank. In terms of branches, Credit Bank W im: How often do you go to New York?
International is bigger than the other two banks. It Maurice: Frequently. We have an office there, so I
has many more branches. It also has more capital have to go about once or twice a month.
reserves than Rotobank Ltd. W im : Do you always fly with KLM?
M aurice: Well, I usually use KLM because my
partner works in Amsterdam. I normally
TASKS 67 visit him before I go to New York, but I
som etimes fly with British Airways from
Adverbs London.
Wim: Are there a lot of flights to New York from
E x ercis e 1 London?
Maurice: Oh yes. There’s one about six times a day.
fast (M) abroad (P) never IT) Wim: Well, before the flight, I’ll get some Duty
quietly (M) soon (T) on time (T) Free. I usually get something.
currently (T) late (T) outside (P) M aurice: Really? I never do. I don’t smoke and I
tomorrow (T) hard (M) since Monday (T) rarely drink so I don’t buy anything from
Duty Free.
195
Lee: I thought you planned to stop making it.
TASKS 69 Klaus: Last year we planned to stop, but we
changed our mind. This year we also
Degree with Very, Too and Enough planned to stop, but again we have
continued. The 26 is still very popular.
E x ercis e 1
enough time very/too dangerous E x ercis e 3

very/too difficult not big enough Last year our sales overseas were down. This year
strong enough very/too important exports are still poor. We expect low export profits
very beautiful very profitable again, but the good news is that in our domestic
very/too many people market we have already reached our targets.
Overall, things are not serious yet. The situation will
E x e rc is e 2
be clearer at the end of the year.
1. ‘There’s too much on the plate.’
2. Tm hungry! This isn’t enough.’
3. The table’s too small.' TASKS 71
U. 'I can't eat this! It’s too hot!'
5. This looks very good.’
Articles
6. The meal was very expensive.’
E x ercis e 1
E x ercis e 3 ‘Mr Fish? I have got 0 details for your trip to Munster
A: There’s a lot of traffic on the roads. today. First, the flight. There’s a British Airways
B: Yes, I agree. There’s too much. flight from London Heathrow to Dusseldorf at 16.05
from 0 Terminal 1. It arrives at 17.35. Then you can
A: The Chien Andalou restaurant is one of the best take a train to Munster from the central station at
in town. 18.45. The train arrives in Munster at 20.15. Coming
B: Yes, and not too expensive. Everything is very back there’s a flight to Manchester at 16.30, arriving
fresh. at Manchester Airport at 17.50. There are 0 trains
every hour from Manchester to Leeds. You also
A: I like jazz music.
asked about 0 money and the ticket. You can change
B: Yes, if it isn’t too modern.
0 money at Heathrow and pick up the flight ticket
A: A lot of modern jazz is very good.
from the B.A. desk in 0 Terminal 1.’
A: How was your meeting with Kashamuro?
B: Good. E x ercis e 2
A: How good?
Arne: We’ve got an important safety problem on
B: Good enough. We agreed to work together.
the production line in the West Building.
A machine is not working properly.
TASKS 70 Steve: Have you taken any action?
Arne: Yes, one of the engineers has switched it off.
Already, Yet, Again and Still A valve is losing (-) oil.
Steve: What did (-) maintenance say?
E x e rc is e 1 Arne: The technician said he thinks the valve
needs to be replaced.
John is still waiting for a new contract. The company
Steve: So, are we losing (-) production?
have not agreed the terms yet- John may leave.
Arne: Yes. As a result, (-) production is down by 15%.
In fact he’s already had an interview with another
company. Anyway, tomorrow he’s going to talk to his
E x ercis e 3
boss again about the contract.
1. John has alread y agreed a new contract. F

2. He has still not agreed the terms of his contract. T
3. He has already left the company. F
Beelo Comodo 20 On the left is a new office chair, the
Comodo 20. Like all (-) Beelo chairs, it
U. He has already discussed the contract with his
is made from (-) materials that are
boss. T totally (-) fire resistant, but last a very
5. He is going to see his boss again. T long time. (-) tests allow us to give
you a 5 year warranty on this superb
E x ercis e 2 chair.Great (-) value at only $149.95.
Lee: Are you still selling the Arco 26? OFFICE COMFORT'-
Klaus: Yes, it is still doing well. For rapid service telephone FREEPHONE
OFFICE S T ftfl 800800 now!!
Lee: Have you made a replacement yet?
Klaus: Yes, the Arco 28 is already available.
Lee: Are you going to stop making the 26?
Klaus: Yes, but not yet.

(PD) views have been fully considered. Naturally, all
TASKS 72 opinions are important, including yours (PP), so do
contact me if you need to.
Personal Pronouns
E x ercis e 2
E x ercis e 1
1. Mary works by herself.
Alice: Good morning. Ascis Ltd. How can j help you? 2. She keeps a record of all our accounts.
Don: Hello, Alice. Don Peters here, i ’m calling 3. Fred and Alex made this prototype. It’s their
from Bangkok. design and they made it themselves.
Alice: Mr Peters, nice to hear you again. 4. Anna works here. This is her office.
How are things? 5. Can you tell me about yourself?
Don: Oh fine. We’re doing very well. Now, i ’d like 6. I work for myself. I’m self employed.
to talk to Lena. Is she in? 7. I own the company. It’s mine.
Alice: No, she had to go to Luxembourg to talk to
our agents. They’re having a meeting today. E x ercis e 3
But Paul’s here. Do you want to speak to him? 1. Fred hurt himself. He hit his finger.
Don: OK. I'll do that. Thank you. 2. Sally types all h er/o u r letters herself.
3. Marta and Jack have cars. Hers is big,
E x ercis e 2 his is small.
Joe: So, what can I do for you? 4. We do all our designs ourselves. Even the
Wim: Well, I wonder if you can help me? My packaging is ours.
company imports DVDs for schools and
colleges. I/w e would like a catalogue and a TASKS 74
price list. Can you let m e/us have these?
Joe: Of course. Tell me, where are you from? Demonstratives
W im: My company is A-Tech nv. We are based in
Rotterdam, in the Netherlands. E x ercis e 1
Joe: Really? We have two agents in Amsterdam. 2. ‘That’s (FS) our Finance Department.’
They usually handle our Dutch business. 3. Those (FPI vans are local deliveries.’
Would you like to contact them? 4. This (NS) is where we take telephone orders.’
W im : Oh yes. That would be fine. 5. These (NP) goods are ready for despatch.’
Joe: One is Willy Leer. H e’s Dutch. The other is 6. That (FS) order is for a customer in Dubai.’
Susan Griffin. She’s English. I’ll give you all
the details. E x ercis e 2
1. C arla: What are all these people doing here?
E xercise 3 2. C arla: This is a nice bar!
3. W aiter: Good evening. This is your table by
DearJohn the window.
4. C arla: This is a difficult decision.
I have sent you by email a report on the above employee.
He has been unwell for some weeks. He is unable to do his 5. Petra: That meal was really good.
work. We have suggested a transfer to the kitchen. 6. C arla: Yes, those langoustines were superb.
Unfortunately the kitchen staff are not happy. They have 7. C arla: That was a very pleasant evening.
referred to Susan Jenkins. She was made redundant 4 weeks
ago to reduce costs.
We should meet to discuss a solution. Please contact me as | E x ercis e 3
soon as possible.
1. This picture shows our best seller, ZIGGO. This is
Best regards very popular with children. A few minutes ago I
Sam i mentioned PIPPO. That is also mainly for children.
2. Last year we agreed new prices. Now we know
those prices were too low.
3. In terms of market share, there are five very
TASKS 73 small players. At least two of those w ill disappear,
either this year or next.
Possessive and Reflexive Pronouns
E x ercis e 1 TASKS 75
As you know we did the market research ourselves Some and Any
(R). I am sending our [PD) report to all managers.
Their (PD) comments can be sent to me before our E x e rc is e 1
(PD) next meeting. Michael and Maria w ill study the Ben: How was Kuala Lumpur? Ariy contracts? (Q)
comments. Their (PD) job w ill be to produce a new Steve: Excellent. We made some good contacts. (PSl
version of the report. The final conclusion w ill also Ben: Contacts? I said did you get any contracts? (Q)
be theirs (PP). Alex Jenner may also add something Steve: No, we didn't get any contracts. (NS) But
himself (R). Everyone should feel that hjs (PD) or her I’m sure we’ll get some soon. (PS)
Ben: I hope so. We’ve had some good news this Exercise 3
week. (PS)
Pat: I hear you lost something yesterday.
Steve: What was that?
Ella: Yes, my mobile phone. I wanted to phone
Ben: Our American agent wants some more
someone but I couldn’t find the phone
PXIOOs. (PS)
anywhere.
Steve: Good. Have they sold any more PX50s? (Q)
Pat: You must have put it down somewhere.
Ben: Some, but not many. (PS)
Ella: Yes, I asked at reception. They knew nothing
E x ercis e 2 about it.
Pat: So no-one found it?
Paula: We haven’t launched any new products Ella: No. I asked reception to call me if anyone
this year. Last year we had some. Four, found anything.
in fact. We need some for next year.
Mohammad: I would like to show you some designs.
TASKS 77
Paula: Have you any pictures of the new
designs? Quantifiers (1)
Mohammad: No, we haven't any yet, but some w ill
be ready next week. E x ercis e 1
Presenter: Any questions? None of our products are very successful.

Participant: Yes, I’ve got some. Do you have any All our products are very successful.
plans to build a new production centre? Most of our products are very successful.
A few of our products are very successful.
E x ercis e 3 Many of our products are very successful.
Some of our products are very successful.
A: Have we got any paper for the printer?
B: Some, but not much. We’ve got some more on E x ercis e 2
order.
1. All product As passed the test as standard. F
A: Good. I’ve got to print some reports.
2. A few Product Cs failed the test as non-standard. T
B: If they are urgent, take them to the Sales Office.
3. Some Product Bs failed the test. F
They usually have paper if we haven’t any left.
4. Many Product As failed the test. T
A: The printer wasn’t working yesterday!
5. Most Product Cs passed the test. T
B: It was fine. There just wasn’t any toner left. I put
6. No product As failed the test. F
some in. It’s fine now.
7. Most products failed the test. F
TASKS 76 E x ercis e 3
1. A little training helps all managers.
Some, Any and Related Words 2. No customers w ere unhappy.
3. A ll of our products are guaranteed.
E x ercis e 1 U. Many people came to the exhibition.
A: Is anything wrong? [Q] 5. Few exhibitors liked the exhibition space.
B: Yes, there’s something wrong with one of our 6. The organisers offered little help.
production machines. (PS) No-one knows what the
problem is. (NS) We’ve looked in the User’s Manual
but we can’t find the solution anywhere. (NS)
TASKS 78
A: Have you contacted the manufacturers? Quantifiers (2)
B: Yes, they think it’s nothing very complicated. (NS)
They’re sending someone to visit us. (PS) He’ll E x ercis e 1
be here soon. He was already somewhere near
A: Hello. I’d like some (U) help please.
here. (PS)
B: Certainly.
A: How much (U) does this car cost to hire?
E x ercis e 2
B: That one is £120 a day.
1. Some people prefer small hotels. A: That’s quite a lot of (U) money.
c. A number of people prefer small hotels. B: Well, we have a lot of (C) other cars that cost a little
2. I knew no-one at the meeting. (U) less. How many (C) days do you need a car?
b. There was not one person I knew at the meeting. A: Only a few (Cl. Three or four.
3. We sell anything you want.
a. We have everything you want. E x ercis e 2
4. We can send orders anywhere. 'We hire mobile phones. We have a ll types of phones.
c. We can deliver to any place you choose. We keep a lot of phones in stock. Most are hired for
5. There’s something wrong with the figures. just one day. A few of our customers keep them for
b. The figures are partly wrong. a month or two. Not many people hire phones for
longer than a few weeks.’
1. Few people understand howto program computers. I have some figures for sales in two thousand and
2. There is little demand for our products. ten. In the first quarter we sold three hundred
3. We made a few contacts at the Singapore Trade Fair. and thirty-six units and had a turnover of seven
4. There was little criticism in the report. thousand three hundred and two pounds fifty-two
5. Many people answered our advertisement. pence. This produced a profit of three thousand four
6. No applicant was good enough for the job. hundred and fifty pounds. The second and third
quarter performance was better with profit between
three thousand eight hundred and ninety-one
TASKS 79 pounds fifteen, and three thousand seven hundred
pounds fifty. In the fourth quarter, the number of
Quantifiers (3) units sold was two hundred and fifteen, or about
half the previous two quarters. Profit was also down,
E x ercis e 1
to one thousand nine hundred and forty-three
'Each day we process hundreds of orders. Every pounds twenty one pence.
order comes by email. All orders are entered into our
database. Each request is checked with our current TASKS 81
stock. Every order is immediately transferred to the
warehouse. M orders are despatched within one hour.’ Time
each customer every customer A: When’s he coming?

alt products all information B: in the morning.
each of us all of us A: Before 10 o’clock?
each week every week B: Probably. We’ll show him the factory for an hour
each department every department or two, then when Julie arrives at 12 o'clock we’ll
have our meeting.
A: So. during lunchtime?
E x ercis e 3 B: Yes, from about 12 tjU around 2.30.
2. I have never had a bad meal in Paris. Every A: We must be finished by 3 because we’ve an
restaurant I’ve been in has been excellent. appointment with Axis in the afternoon.
3. We have a lot of good customers in Malaysia, We B: That's no problem.
need to look after a ll of them very carefully.
E x ercis e 2
4. Last time I went to Dublin I visited several
museums. Every one was free. We researched the XR20 for 12 months, then during
5. Quality hotels in Hong Kong are expensive. In fact, 2009 it went into production. On 15th January 2010
all accommodation is expensive. the product was launched. Since then we have had
6. The best thing in London is the parks. A ll British good sales and we w ill break even by March 2011.
cities have good parks. We expect increasing sales for about two years,
until sales peak in the year 2013. A fter that, the
sales w ill decline.
TASKS 80
E x ercis e 3
Numerals
1. John left the company in 2006.
E x ercis e 1 2. I’m going on holiday in two weeks.
3= During our research, we made three discoveries,
1. d 4. c U. Since 2004 we have made a profit.
2. a 5. b
3. e
TASKS 82
E x ercis e 2
Place (1)
two thousand (and) ten [or twenty ten)
three hundred and twenty-six point five million pounds E x ercis e 1
eighteen point three two million pounds into, in, out of, on,
four pounds eighteen (pence) to. at. from
fifteen per cent
four hundred and seven million pounds E x ercis e 2
twelve
1. I went to Egypt last week.
six thousand seven hundred and fifty
2. Our company has built a factory in Argentina.
nineteen seventy-four
3. They want to meet us at the trade fair.
the fifteenth of April two thousand (and) nine [or
4. I sent the price list to Axis Ltd. [S]
twenty oh nine)
199
5. There’s nothing about the company in the
newspaper.
TASKS 84
6. We decided to take some money out of our
emergency bank account. W) Like, As, The Same As and
7. They put a lot of money into research. Different From
8. They have taken business from us.
9. The computer is on the desk. E x ercis e 1 (M)
E x e rc is e 3 1. Like Argentina, Chile has a lot of mountains. [S]

2. German cars have an image which is very
The finished tablets are sent from the production different from the image of Japanese cars. [S]
area to this machine which puts them into small 3. As everyone knows, America is the world’s
bottles. Labels are put on the bottles which are then leading economy. \S)
packed in boxes. The boxes are transferred to the 4. Food in Japan is the same as food in China. (*)
warehouse. They are taken from the warehouse to 5. People who work as Personal Assistants have an
the shops. easy life. (*)
6. One fast food store is often the same as any other
fast food store. [S]
TASKS 83 7. Life now is no different from 25 years ago. (*)
8. Italy is very like California. (*)
Place (2)
E x ercis e 2
E x e rc is e 1
The GX40 looks the same as the GX50. But the
When you arrive, go out of (M) the airport and engine of the GX50 is different from the engine
along (M) the road to (M) the taxis waiting outside. in the GX4-0. It is bigger. Like all Taruba cars, the
Ask to go to (M) Jasons, on (P) High street. Our
GX models have a seven-year warranty. As you can
offices are between (P) the Post Office and the see, we build for quality. Like you, we don’t want
Magnus foodstore. We’re opposite (P) Credit Bank any trouble.
International. Go through (M) the main entrance and
into (M) the lift. Go up to (Mj the fourth floor. We’re
just next to (P) the fire exit. E x ercis e 3
1. As in previous years, we have done well.

E x ercis e 2 2. People say the producers are all the same as
each other.
1- The factory is next to the river. c
3. In fact, we are different from our competitors.
2. There is a restaurant in front of our main office, d
U. Like them, we are in business.
3. The hotel is down/up the road from the station, a
5. As always, we have a special commitment to
4. You can drive through the city in 20 minutes. e
quality.
5. The safe is in a cellar below the Managing
Director’s office. b
E x ercis e 3 (M)
1. Next to the main entrance/in front of the main

office block.
2. Beside the offices and the main office block.
3. Above the reception area.
U. Next to the reception area.
5. Behind the main office block.
6. Beside the production facilities.
7. Next to the reception area.
8. Between the laboratories and the exhibition
area/under the offices.

Index
Num bers indicate pages BF = Business File
A cardinal number, 160, G L

a few, 154, 156 BF5 genitive, 128 last (week/month/year),
a little, 154, 156 cause, 120 get, 88 22
a lot of, 154, 156 certainty, 70 going to, 44, 46 like, 168
a(n), 142 clause, 114 got, 88 little, 154, 156
abbreviations, BF3 command, 112, 114
ability, 68 comparative adjective, H M
above, 166 132 habit, 94 main clause, 114, 116,
across, 166 complex sentence, 114 had, 38 118, 120
active, 78, 82 conditional, 48, 50, 64 had to, 70 make, 92
adjective, 130, 132 conditional I, 48 has, 30, 32 many, 154, 156
adjectives, comparison conditional II, 50 has been, 4 may, 66
of, 132 confirming, 76 has got, 88 might, 66
adverb, 130, 134, 138 conjunction, 114 has/have got to, 70 mightn’t, 66
advising, 74 could, 68 hasn’t/haven’t got modal verb, 64, 66, 68,
after, 116, 162 couldn’t, 68 to, 72 70, 76, 102, 104, 106
again, 140 countable noun, 122, have, 30, 32, 86 monthly, 136
ago, 22 124, 154, 156, 158 have been, 4 most, 154, 156
agreeing, 186 countries, BF2 have got, 86, 88 movement, 166
all, 154, 156, 158 currencies, BF2 have to, 70 much, 154, 156
along, 166 currently, 6 hourly, 136 must, 70
already, 140 how, 110, 116 mustn’t, 72
although, 116 D how big/small, 110
always, 136 date, BF5 how far, 110 N
am, 2 decimal, 160, BF5 how long, 110 necessary, 72
American English, BF4 defining relative clause, how much/many, 110 needn’t, 72
and, 114 118 how often, 110 negative (statements), 8,
annually, 136 definite article, 142 14, 24, 28,30,36,38,
any, 150, 152 definite frequency, 136 104, 112
anybody, 152 demonstrative, 148 if, 48, 50, 52, 54, negative imperative, 20,
anyone, 152 determiner, 146, 148, 114, 116 62, 112
anything, 152 150 imperative, 20, 62, 112 never, 34, 136
anywhere, 152 did, 26, 62 impersonal language, 82 next to, 166
apostrophe, 128 didn’t, 24 impossibility, 66, 68 no, 152, 154, 156
are, 2 different, 168 in, 162, 164 non-defining relative
around, 166 do, 62, 92, 106 in front of, 166 clause, 118
article, 142 don’t, 20 inability, 68 no-one, 152
as, 168 don’t have to, 72 indefinite article, 142 normally, 136
at, 162, 164 don’t/doesn’t, 14 indefinite frequency, 136 nothing, 152
at present, 6 down, 166 industries, BF1 noun, 122, 124
at the/this moment, 6 during, 162 infinitive, 12, 14, 16, noun compound, 126
auxiliary, 76, 86, 92, 106 18, 20,24, 26,36, now, 6
E 40, 42, 44, 56, 60, nowhere, 152
B each,158 64, 66, 68, 72, 74, number, 160, BF5
be, 2, 4 enough, 138 94, 112, BF6 numeral, 160
be used to, 94 ever, 34 infinitive ...ing, 6, 8, 10,
because, 114, 116, 120 every, 14, 136, 158 18, 28,32,40, 58, 60, 0
before, 162 94, 98 obligation, 70
behind, 166 F infinitive + to, 56, 60 offer, 64
below, 166 few, 154, 156 infinitive without to, 64, often, 136
beside, 166 for, 34, 162 66, 68, 70, 72, 74 on, 162, 164
between, 162, 166 fraction, 160, BF5 intention, 44, 46 on top of, 166
British English, BF4 frequency, 136 into, 164, 166 onto, 166
but, 114 frequency, expressions intransitive, 78 opposite, 166
by, 162 of, 160, BF5 is, 2 or, 114
from, 164 it is, 84 ordinal number, 160, BF5
C from ... to . . 1 6 2 ought, 74
can, 68 full verb, 86, 92 J oughtn’t, 74
can’t, 68 future, 42, 44, 46 jobs, BF1 out of, 164, 166
outside, 166 present habit, 94 S too, 138
over, 166 present perfect, 40 same, 168 transitive, 78, 102
present perfect say, 90
P continuous, 32, 34 schedule, 44 U
passive, 80, 82 present perfect seldom, 136 uncountable noun, 122,
past continuous, 28, 40 continuous negative, sentence, 114 124, 154, 156, 158
past continuous 32 shall, 42 under, 166
negative, 28 present perfect shan’t, 42 unless, 48, 50
past continuous continuous question, should, 74 until, 162
question, 28 32 shouldn’t, 74 up, 166
past habit, 94 present perfect simple, simple sentence, 114 up to, 162
past participle, 30, 36, 30, 34, 36 since, 34, 162 used to, 94
38, 40, BF6 present perfect simple singular noun, 122, usually, 136
past perfect, 38, 40 negative, 30, 36 124
past perfect negative, 38 present perfect simple so, 116 V
past perfect question, 38 question, 30, 36 so that, 116 verb + adverb, 100
past simple, 22, 24, 26, present simple, 12, 14, some, 150, 152, 154, 156 verb + preposition, 98
36,40 16, 18, 22,40 somebody, 152 verb phrase, 114
past simple negative, 24, present simple negative, someone, 152 very, 138
36, 62 14,62 something, 152
past simple question, present simple question, sometimes, 136 W
26, 36, 62 16, 62 somewhere, 152 was, 4, 28
past tense, 22, 36, 40, present tenses, 40 sorry, 178 weekly, 136
BF6 present time markers, 6 statement, 114 were, 4, 28
past tenses, 40 probability, 74 still, 140 what, 108, 116
permission, 66, 68 process description, 82 subordinate clause, 116, when, 108, 114, 116
personal pronoun, 144 prohibition, 66, 68, 72 118, 120 where, 108, 116
phrasal verb, 100 pronoun, 144, 146, 148, subordinating which, 108, 114, 116, 118
plan, 44, 46 150 conjunction, 114, 116, while, 116
plural noun, 122, 124 120 who, 108, 114, 116, 118
position, 166 Q suggesting, 42, 74 who(m), 108
positive (statements), 6, quantifier, 154, 156, superlative adjective, 132 wh-question, 108
12 , 22 158 wh-word, 116
positive adjective, 132 quarterly, 136 T why, 108, 116
positive imperative, 20 question, 10, 16, 26, 28, tell, 90 will, 42, 64
positive statement, 102 30,32,36,38, 106, tense review, 52, 54 willingness, 64
possessive determiner, 108, 114 that, 114, 116, 148 won’t, 42, 64
146 question tag, 76 the, 142 would, 64
possessive pronoun, 146 the same as, 168 wouldn’t, 64
possibility, 66, 68 R there is/are, 84
preposition, 162, 164, raise, 96 these, 148 Y
166, 168 rarely, 136 they are, 84 yearly, 136
present continuous, 6, 8, reason, 120 this, 148 yes/no question, 106
10, 18,40,44, 46 reflexive pronoun, 146 those, 148 yesterday, 22
present continuous relative clause, 118 though, 114, 116 yet, 140
negative, 8 relative pronoun, 118 till, 162
present continuous request, 64, 68 time, BF5 Z
question, 10 rise, 96 to, 164 zero article, 142
Collins
English for Business
Accurate grammar means more effective business communication
Collins Business Grammar & Practice: Pre-Intermediate is a comprehensive

and clear guide to English gram m ar for the workplace.
Choose the topics of most interest to you or work through the whole book
for a comprehensive course in pre-interm ediate grammar.
• 84 units, with presentation of grammar • Full glossary of grammatical terms,

on the left-hand page and practice easy-reference index and answer key
exercises on the right
• Illustrations and diagrams explain
• No'artificial'language. Example and clarify grammar points
sentences taken from the COBUILD
corpus, featuring up-to-date and * Examples of emails, reports, agendas
authentic business English anc* m 'nutes
"M You can tru s t Collins COBUILD

The 4-billion-word Collins corpus is the world's largest database of the English
language. It is updated every month and has been at the heart of Collins COBUILD
publishing for over 20 years. You can therefore be sure that any example used in this
series is an authentic use of English in a business context.
Also available in the Collins English

fo r Business range:
Business G ram m ar & Practice:
Interm ediate
Writing
Listening
Speaking
I CEF levels P erfect for s e lf-s tu d y or cla ss ro om use
| A2-B1 U seful fo r business people, university or college students,

and in -c o m p a n y lan gu age courses

English For Business - Pre-Intermediate Business Grammar & Practice PDF

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

English For Business - Pre-Intermediate Business Grammar & Practice PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

English For Business - Pre-Intermediate Business Grammar & Practice PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Collins

Verbs - Main Tenses

Verbs - Other Forms

Verbs - Auxiliaries and Modals

Sentence and Clause Types

Adjectives and Adverbs

Answer Key 176

You should w ork through the presentation by:

Key Grammatical Concepts

Demonstrative Modal verb

Negative form Question form

The negative sh o rt fo rm s are:

Questions Positive and negative form s

Present positive Present negative Present question

1. This is Dave King. He's an engineer.

2. My name s Pierre Lapin___________ a

3. Mary and Hans are from my department.

U. This is Naomi Cox___________

5. Hello. My n a m e __________ Franz Johann

6. Ah, Franz and Tomas!__________

7. This is our office. I t __________ very big.

Axdal leads the way

Past Present perfect

In the negative we use not:

The negative sh ort fo rm s are:

Now look at these question form s:

HL: Have you been to A m sterdam before? (1)

See you next week.

Please contact me by email tomorrow.

Long form Short form

We often use the sh o rt fo rm s in spoken language; we som e tim e s use the m in in fo rm a l

1. activities at o r around the tim e of speaking:

2 . te m p o ra ry activities in the present:

at the/this m om ent currently at present now

1. Total sales (go up).

4. The com pany (stop)

Long form Short form

I am not presenting I'm not presenting

you are not making you're not or you aren ’t making

you are not looking you’re not or you aren't looking

1. activities at o r around the tim e of speaking:

2 . te m p o ra ry activities in the present:

1. I/not visit/a cu sto m e r/in Rome

2. W e/not spend/m uch tim e /in Milan

We put the subject between part 1 and part 2:

1. activities at o r around the tim e of speaking:

2 . te m p o ra ry activities in the present:

1. Is you w o rkin g very hard? Are you working very hard?

2. At the m om ent they w o rkin g w ith Poland? __________________________

3. Is Leo and Sam planning the conference together? __________________________

4. W hat you th in k about? __________________________

5. Is raining in Bangkok? __________________________

1. What's Mary doing ? She’s telephoning S ignor Fini.

.? To invite him to the m eeting on Friday.

3. .? To ta lk about the La Paz report.

.? Yes, I’m s till w o rkin g on it.

Atsuko K yoto(live! in Tokyo. S h e (bej a freelance

5. Welcome! P lease_____________________ a n d _

5. Carretera Trasportes_ ________________